251001.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Wednesday, October 1, 2025, Vol. 29, No. 273

                            Headlines

20390 US 27: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
210 8TH ST: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to February 13, 2026
68700 DINAH: Claims to be Paid from Consolidated Action Proceeds
876 STUYVESANT: Rental Income & Sale Proceeds to Fund Plan
8787 RICCHI: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 9

A.E. SCHLUETER: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to November 12
ABC CHILDREN'S: Hires May Potenza Baran as Bankruptcy Counsel
ABC CHILDREN'S: Seeks to Hire DR Thomas CPA as Financial Advisor
ABUELO'S INTERNATIONAL: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
ADT INC: S&P Lowers First-Lien Secured Debt to 'BB'

AIO US: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to December 8
AMERICAN TRASH: Taps Finestone Hayes LLP as Bankruptcy Counsel
ANTHOLOGY INC: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
ARCHDIOCESE OF BALTIMORE: Challenges Claimants' Bid to Toss Ch. 11
ARCON CONSTRUCTION: Class 2(b) Unsecureds Will Get 25% in 24 Months

AZZUR GROUP: Looks to Delay Deal in Face of US Trustee's Push
BARTRAM LOGISTICS: Seeks Continued Cash Collateral Access
BEAN THERE: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
BEYOND MEAT: Represented by Latham & Watkins in Exchange Offer
BLUM HOLDINGS: Issues $750K Unsecured Promissory Notes

CAMBER ENERGY: Subsidiary Signs $1.04M Equipment Sales Agreement
CENTER FOR SPECIAL: BFG Columbus Property Sale to G&A Sharon OK'd
CLNG HOMES: Orange Park Property Sale to Bradford Paul Beers OK'd
CONSOLIDATED BURGER: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to October 31
CORE F&B: Hires Restaurant Hospitality Associates as Accountant

CORPAY INC: S&P Rates New $1.2BB Senior Secured Term Loan B 'BB+'
CORPORATE AIR: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
COVERED BRIDGE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Nov. 28
CPV FAIRVIEW: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Rating on Senior Secured Debt
DISTRICT 7 GRILL: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 27

ECGPR LLC: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
ERIC R. HARTMAN: Scott Chernich Named Subchapter V Trustee
ERIC R. HARTMAN: Seeks to Hire Martin L. Rogalski as Attorney
EUSHI FINANCE: S&P Rates New Junior Subordinated Notes 'BB+'
EVERSTREAM SOLUTIONS: Seeks to Extend Exclusivity to Jan. 23, 2026

FIRST BRANDS: Committee Examines Billions in Off-Balance-Sheet Deal
FIRST BRANDS: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'D' on Chapter 11 Filing
FIRST BRANDS: Sued by Grammer for Deal Breach
FRUGALITY INC: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
FUTURE FINTECH: Wealth Index Capital Takes 48% Stake, Gains Control

GENESIS HEALTHCARE: Secures Reprieve at Alabama Care Facility
GETTY IMAGES: S&P Affirms 'B+' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Neg.
HARVEST MIDSTREAM I: Fitch Affirms BB- LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
HELIUS MEDICAL: Acquires 760K Solana Tokens for Treasury Strategy
HELLO ALBEMARLE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 10

HIAWATHA MANOR: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to March 2, 2026
HNO INTERNATIONAL: Reports $498,010 Net Loss in Fiscal Q3
HNO INTERNATIONAL: Revises Financials Over Stock Compensation Error
HOOTERS OF AMERICA: Court Confirms Chapter 11 Reorganization Plan
HYPERSCALE DATA: Declares Special Dividend of 20M Class B Shares

IMERYS TALC: Court Sets New Chapter 11 Plan Hearing for Feb. 2026
J.C.C.M. PROPERTIES: Plan Exclusivity Extended to Jan. 9, 2026
KC 117: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
LASEN INC: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to December 8
LEES EARNED: Brian Rothschild Named Subchapter V Trustee

LIBERTY ENTERPRISES: S&P Assigns 'B-' LT ICR, Outlook Stable
LITTLE MINT: Unsecured Creditors to Split $500K over 5 Years
LMD HOLDINGS: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to November 14
MARKIMIAN HARRIS: Wells Fargo's Automatic Stay Relief Bid Denied
MERIT STREET: Court Troubled by Dr. Phil's Guarantee to Friend

MODEL TOBACCO: Unsecureds to be Paid in Full over 5 Years
NEP/NCP HOLDCO: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Refinancing,Outlook Stable
NETCAPITAL INC: Reports $3.64 Million Net Loss in Q1 2026
NEWBURY PALACE: Seeks to Hire Amanda Brendell CPA as Accountant
NIKOLA CORP: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to January 15, 2026

NRG ENERGY: Fitch Assigns 'BB+' Rating on Sr. Unsecured Notes
OG LIVING: Unsecureds Will Get 26% of Claims via Quarterly Payments
OLD SCHOOL: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to April 6, 2026
OU MEDICINE: S&P Raises LT Rating on Fixed-Rate Bonds to 'BB+'
PALATIN TECHNOLOGIES: Receives $6.5M in Boehringer Collaboration

PBREIA LLC: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale Proceeds
PERASO INC: Regains Nasdaq Bid Price Compliance
POWER SOLUTIONS: Gary Winemaster Holds 6.3% Equity Stake
PRECIPIO INC: Leviticus Partners Holds 8% Equity Stake
PROFESSIONAL DIVERSITY: Directors Long Yi, Eloisa Sultan Step Down

QT HAU: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 31
RANA REAL: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Nov. 4
RAS DATA: Seeks to Sell Rail Car Management Biz at Auction
SHANE BARNES: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Oct. 21
SHERWOOD HOSPITALITY: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to Oct. 18

SIFAT LLC: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to December 1
SOLARWINDS HOLDINGS: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B', Outlook Stable
SOUTHWEST FIRE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 31
SPIRIT AIRLINES: Advised by Davis Polk in Chapter 11 Cases
STANLEY UTILITY: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

SUNNOVA ENERGY: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to January 5, 2026
SUNSET FITNESS: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
SUPERIOR ENERGY: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
TABERNACLE CHRISTIAN: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
THRILL INTERMEDIATE: Case Summary & 20 Top Unsecured Creditors

TRIO BIDCO: S&P Assigns 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
VENUS CONCEPT: Board OKs Transaction Completion Bonuses for 2 Execs
VENUS CONCEPT: Secures $2 Million in Twelfth Bridge Loan Draw
VERRA MOBILITY: S&P Rates Sub's New $689MM Sec. Term Loan B 'BB+'
VIKING CRUISES: S&P Rates New $1.7BB Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB'

VISTA GLOBAL: Fitch Affirms & Then Withdraws 'B+' IDR
WAHL TO WAHL: Court to Hold Cash Collateral Hearing Today
WAHL TO WAHL: Seeks to Hire Orville & McDonald Law as Counsel
WALKER EDISON: Judge Rejects Escrow of $4MM in Chapter 11 Case
WBI OPERATING: S&P Assigns 'BB-' ICR, Outlook Stable

WESTCHESTER 3148: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
WINDSTREAM SERVICES: Fitch Rates Proposed Secured Notes 'BB-'
WOLFSPEED INC: Represented by Latham in Financial Restructuring
WORLDWIDE MACHINERY: Seeks Approval of $65MM Ch. 11 Sale of Assets

                            *********

20390 US 27: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: 20390 US 27 LLC
        5014 16th Ave, Ste 541
        Brooklyn, NY 11204

Business Description: 20390 US 27 LLC, classified as a single-
                      asset real estate debtor under 11 U.S.C.
                      Section 101(51B), holds its principal assets
                      at 20390 US-27, Clermont, Florida 34715.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 29, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of New York

Case No.: 25-44736

Debtor's Counsel: Avrum J. Rosen, Esq.
                  ROSEN, TSIONIS & PIZZO, PLLC
                  38 New St
                  Huntington, NY 11743-3327
                  Tel: 631-423-8527
                  Fax: 631-423-4536
                  E-mail: arosen@ajrlawny.com

Total Assets: $8,000,000

Total Liabilities: $10,009,344

Mark Taub signed the petition as chief restructuring officer.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's four unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BA4GNAY/20390_US_27_LLC__nyebke-25-44736__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


210 8TH ST: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to February 13, 2026
-----------------------------------------------------------------
210 8th St LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Colorado to extend its exclusivity periods to file a plan of
reorganization to February 13, 2026.

The Debtor explains that cause exists to extend the 180-day
exclusivity period in this case. The following is the Debtor's
analysis of the applicable factors.

     * The size and complexity of the case and (ii) the necessity
of sufficient time to prepare adequate information: The Debtor is
actively negotiating a sale transaction designed to pay Academy and
the SBA in full by December 19, 2025. The complexity of those
negotiations and financing arrangements requires additional time
beyond the current exclusivity deadline.

     * The Debtor has proceeded in good faith throughout this case.
It filed a Plan and Disclosure Statement, has made required
adequate protection payments, and has negotiated stipulations with
secured creditors that protect their interests while allowing the
Debtor time to reorganize.

     * Whether the Debtor is paying its bills as they come due: The
Debtor remains current on its postpetition obligations, as
reflected in its Monthly Operating Reports.

     * The amount of time which has elapsed in the case: This is
the Debtor’s first request for an extension of the 180-day
Period.

     * The Debtor does not seek an extension to pressure creditors.
To the contrary, the requested extension aligns with the
stipulation negotiated with Academy and the SBA and is necessary to
allow contingencies, such as refinancing, to resolve in the
ordinary course.

The Debtor claims that extending exclusivity will not materially
prejudice creditors or other parties in interest. To the contrary,
the requested extension advances creditor interests by preserving
the opportunity for a global resolution that pays major secured
creditors in full. The Debtor is not seeking a tactical advantage
but rather a reasonable and necessary extension that promotes
efficiency, protects creditor recoveries, and facilitates the
orderly conclusion of this case.

210 8th St, LLC is represented by:

     David J. Warner, Esq.
     Wadsworth Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C.
     2580 W. Main St., Ste. 200
     Littleton, CO 80120
     Telephone: (303) 296-1999
     Email: dwarner@wgwc-law.com

                         About 210 8th St LLC

210 8th St, LLC is a real estate debtor with a single asset, as
described in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B). The Debtor holds full
ownership of the property situated at 210 8th St., Colorado
Springs, Colo., which is appraised at a market value of $1.4
million.

210 8th St sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-11653) on March 28, 2025.  In its
petition, the Debtor reported total assets of $1,455,000 and total
liabilities of $1,453,420.

Judge Michael E. Romero handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by David J. Warner, Esq., at Wadsworth
Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C.

Academy Bank, N.A., as lender, is represented by:

   Lucas L. Schneider, Esq.
   Stinson LLP
   1144 15th Street
   Suite 2400
   Denver, CO 80202
   Telephone: (303) 376-8414
   lucas.schneider@stinson.com


68700 DINAH: Claims to be Paid from Consolidated Action Proceeds
----------------------------------------------------------------
68700 Dinah Shore Dr., LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of Texas a Second Amended Disclosure Statement
describing Second Amended Plan of Reorganization dated September
19, 2025.

The Debtor is a Texas limited liability company which owns certain
real property located at 68700 Dinah Shore Drive, Cathedral City,
California, ("Real Property") upon which is located a tower for
broadcasting radio signals.

Louie Comella manages and operates the Debtor. After the Effective
Date of the order confirming the Plan, the directors, officers, and
voting trustees of the Debtor, any affiliate of the Debtor
participating in a joint Plan with the Debtor, or successor of the
Debtor under the Plan (collectively the "Post-Confirmation
Managers"), will be Louie Comella.

The primary cause of this bankruptcy filing was that certain
litigation pending before the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Texas.

On March 11, 2025, the District Court entered an order
consolidating the District Court Litigation with another action
commenced before the District Court by the principal of the Debtor,
Louie Comella, against Newtek and other affiliated entities and
certain of their employees, which is pending before the District
Court under Case No., 24-00985 (the "Consolidated Action"). The
Plaintiff's Consolidated Amended Complaint in the Consolidated
Action asserts a claim for declaratory relief, asserting that Big
is not obligated to Newtek under the Loans.

The Debtor is no presently a party to the Consolidated Action, but
the Debtor's property is involved in the Consolidated Action.
Consolidated Action will dramatically impact the Debtor as success
by the Debtor's affiliates (ie Plaintiffs) will result is the
Debtor owning its assets free and clear of any claims of Newtek.  

Class 3 consists of General Unsecured Claims. This Class shall be
paid pro rata share from the proceeds actually received by the
Debtor from the Consolidated Action, which claims will only be paid
after any Allowed Class 2 Claims and other Administrative Claims
are paid in full. This Class is impaired.

Class 4 consists of Equity Interest Holders. Retain all equity
interests in the Reorganized Debtor.

The primary source of payments under the Plan will be any recovery
by the Reorganized Debtor from the Consolidated Action. The
Reorganized Debtor shall proceed with litigating its claims in the
Consolidated Action until there is a Final Judgment.

A full-text copy of the Second Amended Disclosure Statement dated
September 19, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=elncOe
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

       About 68700 Dinah Shore Dr. LLC

68700 Dinah Shore Dr. LLC is a Single Asset Real Estate debtor (as
defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)).

68700 Dinah Shore Dr. LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 24-42412) on
October 10, 2024. In the petition filed by Louie Comella, as
managing director, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $10
million and $50 million and estimated liabilities between $100,000
and $500,000.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the
case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Robert T DeMarco, Esq.
     DEMARCO MITCHELL, PLLC
     N. Central Expressway Suite 500
     Plano, TX 75074
     Tel: (972) 991-5591
     E-mail: robert@demarcomitchell.com


876 STUYVESANT: Rental Income & Sale Proceeds to Fund Plan
----------------------------------------------------------
876 Stuyvesant Realty LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of New Jersey a Combined Plan of Reorganization and
Disclosure Statement dated September 19, 2025.

The debtor owns a mixed use real property consisting of 3
commercial units on the first floor and 3 residential units on the
second floor, located at 876 Stuyvesant Avenue, Irvington, New
Jersey 07111.

The debtor's business is organized as a New Jersey Limited
Liability Company. The company is located in Irvington, New Jersey
and its principal member is Dennis Brown.

The debtor owns a mixed use real property consisting of 3
commercial units on the first floor and 3 residential units on the
second floor, in Irvington, New Jersey. In June 2025, the debtor
listed the property with a NJ licensed real estate broker for
$1.2M, however, there have been no offers on the property. The feed
back from possible buyers is that the property needs a lot of
repairs. The debtor has subsequently revised the listing price to
$999,000.00.

The principal member of the LLC became ill, the property lost
tenants, and the debtor fell behind on the mortgage payments. The
property went into foreclosure. When the Chapter 11 petition was
filed, there was a pending sheriff's sale. The petition was filed
to avoid the sheriff's sale.

The Debtor's income is obtained from rents from 4 of the rental
units of the property. Two units are occupied by the debtor's
principal member. The regular gross monthly income from the rentals
is $5,200.00 per month when the tenants pay on time.

Essentially the plan requires the debtor to sell the property
within 9 months of July 1, 2025, and make monthly payments of
$3,920.21 starting July 1, 2025 to the secured creditor until the
property is sold.

There are no general unsecured Claims against the debtor.

The property has been listed for sale. The price has been reduced
from 1.2M to $999,000.00 because there are no offers on the
property. There have been statements that the property needs
numerous repairs. It is anticipated that the proceeds from the sale
will cover the secured mortgage loan. The pay-off obtained from the
secured creditor stated that the amount to pay-off the loan was
under $600,000.00 good until June 30, 2025.

The Plan Proponent's financial projections show that the Debtor
will have a monthly income of approximately $5,200.00 and as such
will be able to make the monthly payments to the secured creditor
pursuant to the consent agreement/order filed herein.

A full-text copy of the Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement
dated September 19, 2025 is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=iYH3SQ from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Novlet Lawrence, Esq.
     Novlet Lawrence Law Office
     PO Boc 436
     Whitehouse Station, NJ 08889
     Telephone: (973) 677-3330
     Facsimile: (973) 677-3375
     Email: lawrencenovlet@aol.com

                      About 876 Stuyvesant Realty, LLC

876 Stuyvesant Realty, LLC owns a mixed use real property located
at 876 Stuyvesant Avenue, Irvington, New Jersey 07111.

The Debtor filed its voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 24-12302) on March
3, 2024. Novlet Lawrence, Esq. at Novlet Lawrence Law Office
represents the Debtor as counsel.


8787 RICCHI: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 9
-----------------------------------------------------------
8787 Ricchi, LLC received a one-month extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas
Division, to use cash collateral.

The court issued its sixth interim order authorizing the Debtor to
use cash collateral from September 10 to October 9 in accordance
with its budget, subject to a 10% variance.

The Debtor projects total monthly operational expenses of
$51,601.91 for September and October.

As protection, 87STE Lending, LLC, through U.S. Marshals Service,
will be granted a replacement lien on property currently owned or
acquired by the Debtor after the petition date similar to the
lender's pre-bankruptcy collateral.

87STE Lending has a security interest in the Debtor's deposit
accounts and rent and the proceeds thereof, which constitute cash
collateral under Section 363(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. The U.S.
government, acting by and through the U.S. Marshals Service, is
presently empowered to exercise the rights and remedies related
thereto pursuant to a court order.

The Debtor's authority to use cash collateral terminates upon
occurrence of certain events including conversion of its Chapter 11
case, appointment of a trustee or default, subject to seven-day
cure rights.

A final hearing is scheduled for October 9.

                         About 8787 Ricchi

8787 Ricchi, LLC is a commercial real estate company that owns and
manages properties in Dallas, Texas.

8787 Ricchi sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Texas Case No. 25-31144) on March 31, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reported between $1 million and $10
million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Stacey G. Jernigan handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Frank Jennings Wright, Esq.
   Law Offices of Frank J. Wright, PLLC
   Tel: 214-935-9100
   Email: frank@fjwright.law


A.E. SCHLUETER: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to November 12
---------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Paul Baisier of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern
District of Georgia extended A.E. Schlueter Pipe Organ Sales and
Service Inc.'s exclusive periods to file a plan of reorganization
and obtain acceptance thereof to November 12, 2025 and January 12,
2026, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor is in the
process of negotiating multiple change orders and the corresponding
assumption of a subcontract with J.E. Dunn Construction Company
regarding the Cadet Chapel at the United States Air Force Academy.
The outcome of negotiations over these proposed change orders to
Debtor's largest executory contract are reasonably projected to
significant impact Debtor's formulation of a plan of
reorganization.

The Debtor requests that the Exclusive Period to file a plan be
extended 60 days through and including November 12, 2025, and the
Exclusive Period to solicit acceptance or rejection of such plan be
extended 60 days through January 12, 2026. Debtor shows that
extending the exclusivity deadline is appropriate.

The Debtor explains that the request is made prior to expiration of
the current deadline. Debtor is in the process of negotiating
several large contracts to assist with their reorganization. Thus,
extending the exclusive period for filing and soliciting of a plan
is fair and equitable in this instance.

A.E. Schlueter Pipe Organ Sales and Service Inc. is represented
by:

     Thomas T. McClendon, Esq.
     Jones & Walden LLC
     699 Piedmont Avenue, NE
     Atlanta, GA 30308
     Tel: (404) 564-9300
     E-mail: TMcClendon@joneswalden.com

              About A.E. Schlueter Pipe Organ Sales and Service

A.E. Schlueter Pipe Organ Sales and Service Inc. designs, builds,
restores, and maintains pipe organs primarily in the Southeastern
United States.  Founded in Lithonia, Georgia, the Company provides
custom pipe organ construction, tuning, and repair services.

A.E. Schlueter Pipe Organ Sales and Service Inc. sought relief
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case
No. 25-55514) on May 16, 2025.  In its petition, the Debtor
estimated assets between $100,000 and $500,000 and estimated
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million.

The Debtors are represented by Thomas T. McClendon, Esq. at JONES &
WALDEN LLC.


ABC CHILDREN'S: Hires May Potenza Baran as Bankruptcy Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
ABC Children's Eye Specialists, PC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Arizona to hire May Potenza
Baran & Gillespie P.C. as its Chapter 11 counsel.

The professional services the counsel will render include, without
limitation, preparation of pleadings and motions and conducting of
examinations incidental to estate administration, advising Debtor
of its rights, duties, and obligations under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code, taking any and all other necessary action incident
to the proper preservation and administration of the Chapter 11
estate, advising Debtor in the formulation and presentation of a
plan pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the disclosure
statement and concerning any and all matters relating to the
foregoing.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

      Grant L. Cartwright      $595 per hour
      Andrew A. Harnisch       $595 per hour
      Eric W. Moats            $475 per hour
      Emma Smith               $315 per hour
      Michelle Giordano        $275 per hour

Grant L. Cartwright, Esq., a partner of May Potenza Baran, assured
the court that the firm is disinterested, does not hold or
represent an interest adverse to the estate, and will assist Debtor
in carrying out the Debtor's duties under Chapter 11.

The firm can be reached through:

     Grant L. Cartwright, Esq.
     May Potenza Baran & Gillespie P.C.
     1850 N Central Ave # 1600
     Phoenix, AZ 85004
     Phone: (602) 252-1900

         About ABC Children's Eye Specialists PC

ABC Children's Eye Specialists, PC is a healthcare business and
professional corporation formed in 2002 in Arizona.

ABC Children's Eye Specialists sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 25-08546) on
September 10, 2025, listing up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities. Brendan Cassidy, owner of ABC Children's Eye
Specialists, signed the petition.

Judge Scott H. Gan oversees the case.

Grant L. Cartwright, Esq., at May Potenza Baran & Gillespie, P.C.,
is the Debtor's legal counsel.

Sunflower Bank, N.A., as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Wade M. Burgeson, Esq.
   Engelman Berger, P.C.
   2800 North Central Avenue, Suite 1200
   Phoenix, AZ 85004
   Phone: (602) 222-4989
   Email: Wmb@eblawyers.com


ABC CHILDREN'S: Seeks to Hire DR Thomas CPA as Financial Advisor
----------------------------------------------------------------
ABC Children's Eye Specialists, PC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Arizona to hire DR Thomas CPA,
PLLC as financial advisor.

The firm will advise the Debtor on financial and corporate issues
and to provide accounting services to the Debtor for the remainder
of the bankruptcy cases.

The firm's hourly rates are:

     CPA Professionals             $195
     Consulting Professionals      $150
     Accounting Staff Services     $125
     Bookkeeping Services          $75

DR Thomas received a retainer in the amount of $10,120.

As disclosed in the court filings, DR Thomas CPA, PLLC is a
"disinterested person" within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. 101(14).

The firm can be reached through:

     Dave Thomas
     DR Thomas CPA, PLLC
     1733 N. Greenfield Rd.
     Mesa, AZ 852
     Phone: (602) 527-7092

         About ABC Children's Eye Specialists PC

ABC Children's Eye Specialists, PC is a healthcare business and
professional corporation formed in 2002 in Arizona.

ABC Children's Eye Specialists sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 25-08546) on
September 10, 2025, listing up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities. Brendan Cassidy, owner of ABC Children's Eye
Specialists, signed the petition.

Judge Scott H. Gan oversees the case.

Grant L. Cartwright, Esq., at May Potenza Baran & Gillespie, P.C.,
is the Debtor's legal counsel.

Sunflower Bank, N.A., as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Wade M. Burgeson, Esq.
   Engelman Berger, P.C.
   2800 North Central Avenue, Suite 1200
   Phoenix, AZ 85004
   Phone: (602) 222-4989
   Email: Wmb@eblawyers.com


ABUELO'S INTERNATIONAL: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------------------
Abuelo's International, L.P. and affiliates received another
extension from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District
of Texas, Fort Worth Division, to use cash collateral to fund
operations.

The court authorized the Debtors to use cash collateral from
September 26 to December 31 in accordance with their budget,
subject to a 5% variance per line item and 10% overall.

The Debtors' authority to use cash collateral terminates on
December 31 or upon the dismissal or conversion of their Chapter 11
cases; the appointment of a trustee or examiner with expanded
powers; the occurrence of the effective date or consummation date
of a plan of reorganization for the Debtors; or the entry of a
court order reversing, staying, vacating or modifying the terms of
the interim order, whichever comes first.

First Bank & Trust and Ben Keith, a major supplier, are the secured
creditors holding liens or other interests in the cash collateral.

The Debtors' $8 million loan owed to First Bank & Trust is secured
by nearly all of their assets, including leases, inventory, and
receivables. Meanwhile, Mr. Keith's security interest in the
Debtors' assets is subordinate to First Bank & Trust's interest.  

As adequate protection, the secured creditors will be granted a
replacement lien on assets acquired by the Debtors after the
Chapter 11 filing that are similar to their pre-bankruptcy
collateral. The replacement lien is subject to a fee carveout.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/hFCJe from PacerMonitor.com.

                 About Abuelo's International L.P.

Abuelo's International, L.P. operates the Abuelo's Mexican
Restaurant locations, managing day-to-day restaurant operations,
customer service, and loyalty programs across the U.S.  Food
Concepts International, L.P., headquartered in Lubbock, Texas, owns
and oversees the brand, providing management, strategic direction,
employee training, and menu development.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-43339) on September
2, 2025. In the petition signed by Robert L. Lin, President of ABI
GP, LLC, the general partner of Abuelo's International, L.P., and
as President of FC GPH, LLC LP, the general partner of Food
Concepts International, the Debtor disclosed up to $50 million in
assets and up to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Edward L. Morris oversees the case.

Joseph F. Postnikoff, Esq., at Rochelle McCullough, LLP, represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


ADT INC: S&P Lowers First-Lien Secured Debt to 'BB'
---------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issue-level rating on Florida-based
ADT Inc.'s existing first-lien secured debt to 'BB' from 'BB+' and
revised the recovery rating to '3' from '2'. The '3' recovery
rating indicates its expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 65%) recovery in the event of a payment default.

This action follows the company's announcement that it will use the
proceeds from a proposed $300 million first-lien term loan add-on,
along with the proceeds from its future issuance of $1 billion of
first-lien secured notes, to refinance its existing second-lien
debt maturing January 2028. S&P said, "This refinancing will lead
to a higher amount of first-lien debt in its capital structure that
reduces our recovery estimate. We assume ADT will complete both
proposed offerings, given its demonstrated ability to access the
financial markets for refinancing and repricing activities."

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- Prime Security Services Borrower LLC and The ADT Security Corp.
are the borrowers of the first-lien credit agreement and ADT Corp.
is the borrower of all first-lien notes.

-- Supplemental indentures were issued for all first-lien notes to
benefit from the guarantees by substantially all the company's
domestic subsidiaries and a first-priority senior security interest
in substantially all the existing and future assets of the
company's domestic subsidiaries.

-- S&P believes ADT's lenders would receive higher recoveries if
it continues as a going concern in our default scenario. Therefore,
it valued the company on a going-concern basis.

-- S&P's emergence enterprise value reflects, among other things,
the company's large subscriber base and contractual reoccurring
revenue stream.

-- S&P assumes all second-priority secured notes are fully repaid
as part of the proposed transaction.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2027
-- EBITDA at emergence: $1.1 billion
-- EBITDA multiple: 6x
-- Revolving credit facility is about 85% drawn at default.

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): About
$6.1 billion

-- Valuation split (obligors/nonobligors): 100%/0%

-- Collateral value available to secured creditors: About $5.6
billion (after priority claims)

-- Secured first-lien debt: about $8.3 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 70%-90% (rounded estimate: 65%)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.
Recovery prospects are rounded down to the nearest 5%.



AIO US: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to December 8
------------------------------------------------------
Judge Craig T. Goldblatt of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware extended AIO US, Inc. and its debtor
affiliates' exclusive periods to file a plan of reorganization and
obtain acceptance thereof to December 8, 2025 and February 9, 2026,
respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtors explain that
they have made substantial progress in the Plan process.
Potentially allowing another party to file a competing plan at this
time, when the Debtors are on the verge of confirming and
consummating the Plan, will create unnecessary complexity,
confusion and delay, and risk jeopardizing the material creditor
recoveries provided for under the Plan. Accordingly, the relief
requested herein is appropriate in view of the substantial progress
that has been made in these cases.

The Debtors claim that they have proactively engaged with the
Creditors' Committee and the Debtors' Insurance Companies regarding
the proposed Plan, Confirmation Order, and Trust Distribution
Procedures throughout these chapter 11 cases. The Debtors have also
sought input throughout these cases from the Insurance Companies
and other parties in interest concerning the Plan and the Trust
Distribution Procedures. The Debtors and Creditors' Committee have
continued to engage with the insurers on the Plan and related
issues following the Court's issuance of the Memorandum Opinion as
well.

The Debtors assert that they have devoted significant time and
resources to progressing these chapter 11 cases in a timely and
efficient manner. The Debtors expect to obtain entry of the
Confirmation Order in the near future and expect for the Plan to
become effective and to commence the process of making
distributions shortly thereafter. A further extension of the
Exclusive Periods is warranted to allow the Debtors to achieve
these goals without the potential interference of a competing
chapter 11 plan.

The Debtors' Counsel:     

                      Zachary I. Shapiro, Esq.
                      Mark D. Collins, Esq.
                      Michael J. Merchant, Esq.
                      David T. Queroli, Esq.
                      RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.
                      One Rodney Square
                      920 North King Street
                      Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                      Tel: (302) 651-7700
                      E-mail: collins@rlf.com
                              merchant@rlf.com
                              shapiro@rlf.com
                              queroli@rlf.com

                        - and -
   
                      Ronit J. Berkovich, Esq.
                      Matthew P. Goren, Esq.
                      Alejandro Bascoy, Esq.
                      WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP
                      767 Fifth Avenue
                      New York, New York 10153
                      Tel: (212) 310-8000
                      E-mail: ronit.berkovich@weil.com
                              matthew.goren@weil.com
                              alejandro.bascoy@weil.com

                          About AIO US, Inc.

AIO US Inc., Avon Products Inc. and some of its affiliates are
manufacturers and marketers of beauty, fashion, and home products
with operations and customers across the globe.

AIO US and its affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 24-11836) on
Aug. 12, 2024. In the petition filed by Philip J. Gund as chief
restructuring officer, AIO US disclosed $1 billion to $10 billion
in assets and debt.

Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A. and Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP are
counsel to the Debtors. Ankura Consulting Group LLC serves as
restructuring advisor to the Debtors. Rothschild & Co US Inc is the
Debtors' investment banker and financial advisor.  Epiq Corporate
Restructuring LLC acts as claims and noticing agent to the Debtors.


AMERICAN TRASH: Taps Finestone Hayes LLP as Bankruptcy Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------------
American Trash Management, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of California to hire
Finestone Hayes LLP as its general bankruptcy counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

     a. advise and represent the Debtor as to all matters and
proceedings within this Chapter 11 case, other than those
particular areas that may be assigned to special counsel;

     b. assist, advise and represent the Debtor in any manner
relevant to a review of its debts, obligations, maximization of its
assets and where appropriate, disposition thereof;

    c. assist, advise and represent the Debtor in the operation of
its business;

    d. assist, advise, and represent the Debtor in the performance
of all its duties and powers under the Bankruptcy Code and
Bankruptcy Rules, and in the performance of such other services as
are in the interests of the estate; and

    e. assist, advise, and represent the Debtor in dealing with its
creditors and other constituencies, analyzing the claims in this
case, and formulating and seeking approval of a plan of
reorganization.

The firm's hourly rates in this case range from $640 to $450.

The firm received a pre-petition retainer of $75,000.

The firm will also be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

Stephen D. Finestone, Esq. a partner at Finestone Hayes LLP,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Stephen D. Finestone
     Finestone Hayes LLP
     456 Montgomery Street, Suite 1300
     San Francisco, CA 94104
     Tel: (415) 481-5481
     Fax: (415) 398-2820
     Email: sfinestone@fhlawllp.com

        About American Trash Management Inc.

American Trash Management, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 25-30743) on
September 15, 2025. In the petition signed by Scott Brown, chief
executive officer, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both
assets and liabilities.

Stephen Finestone, Esq., at Finestone Hayes LLP, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


ANTHOLOGY INC: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Anthology Inc.
             5201 Congress Avenue
             Boca Raton, FL 33487

Business Description: Anthology Inc., headquartered in Boca Raton,
                      Florida, provides education technology
                      software and cloud-based services to higher-
                      education institutions, governments, and
                      businesses in more than 80 countries.
                      Formed through the consolidation of Campus
                      Management Corp., Campus Labs Inc., and
                      iModules Software Inc., the Company offers
                      platforms for teaching and learning, student
                      information and enterprise planning,
                      customer relationship management, and
                      student success, along with tools for
                      admissions, enrollment management, alumni
                      engagement, and institutional effectiveness.
                      It employs about 1,550 people in the United
                      States and reported revenue of about $450
                      million in fiscal 2025.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 29, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Texas

Twenty-seven affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

   Debtor                                     Case No.
   ------                                     --------
   Anthology Inc. (Lead)                      25-90498
   Blackboard Campuswide of Texas, Inc.       25-90495
   OrgSync, Inc.                              25-90496
   Admissions US, LLC                         25-90497
   Blackboard LLC                             25-90499
   Blackboard Holdings, LLC                   25-90500
   Blackboard Super Holdco, LLC               25-90501
   Edcentric Holdings, LLC                    25-90502
   Astra Acquisition Corp.                    25-90503
   Astra Intermediate Holding Corp.           25-90504
   Campus Management Acquisition Corp.        25-90505
   Academic Management Systems, LLC           25-90506
   Edcentric Midco, Inc.                      25-90507
   Edcentric, Inc.                            25-90508
   Anthology Inc. of Missouri                 25-90509
   Anthology Inc. of NY                       25-90510
   ApplyYourself, Inc.                        25-90511
   AY Software Services, Inc.                 25-90512
   BB Acquisition Corp.                       25-90513
   BB Management LLC                          25-90514
   Blackboard Collaborate Inc.                25-90515
   Blackboard Student Services Inc.           25-90516
   Blackboard Tennessee LLC                   25-90517
   Higher One Real Estate SP, LLC             25-90518
   MyEdu Corporation                          25-90519
   Blackboard International LLC               25-90520
   Perceptis, LLC                             25-90521

Judge: Hon. Alfredo R. Perez

Debtors'
Local Bankruptcy &
Conflicts
Counsel:                Charles A. Beckham, Jr., Esq.
                        Arsalan Muhammad, Esq.
                        Kourtney Lyda, Esq.
                        Re'Necia Sherald, Esq.
                        HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP
                        1221 McKinney Street, Suite 4000
                        Houston Texas 77010
                        Tel: (713) 547-2000
                        Fax: (713) 547-2600
                        Email: charles.beckham@haynesboone.com
                               arsalan.muhammad@haynesboone.com
                               kourtney.lyda@haynesboone.com
                               renecia.sherald@haynesboone.com

                           AND


                        Charles M. Jones II, Esq.
                        2801 North Harwood Street, Suite 2300
                        Dallas, TX 75201
                        Tel: (214) 651-5000
                        Fax: (214) 651-5940
                        Email: charlie.jones@haynesboone.com

Debtors'
Bankruptcy
Counsel:                Chad J. Husnick, P.C.
                        Charles B. Sterrett, Esq.
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
                        333 West Wolf Point Plaza
                        Chicago, Illinois 60654
                        Tel: (312) 862-2000
                        Fax: (312) 862-2200
                        Email: chad.husnick@kirkland.com
                               charles.sterrett@kirkland.com


                           AND
                        
                        Melissa Mertz, Esq.
                        601 Lexington Avenue
                        New York, New York 10022  
                        Tel: (212) 446-4800
                        Fax: (212) 446-4900
                        Email: melissa.mertz@kirkland.com

Debtors'
Investments
Banker:                 PJT PARTNERS LP

Debtors'
Restructuring
Advisor:                FTI CONSULTING, INC.

Debtors'
Claims &
Noticing
Agent:                  STRETTO INC.

Estimated Assets
(on a consolidated basis): $1 billion to $10 billion

Estimated Liabilities
(on a consolidated basis): $1 billion to $10 billion

The petitions were signed by Heath C. Gray as chief restructuring
officer.

A full-text copy of the Lead Debtor's petition is available for
free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/E27EGUA/Anthology_Inc__txsbke-25-90498__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                           Nature of Claim   Claim Amount

1. Amazon Web Services                Trade Vendor      $5,631,903
410 Terry Avenue North
Seattle, WA 98109
Attn: David A. Zapolsky
Phone: 206-266-1323
Email: zapolsky@amazon.com

2. Microsoft                          Trade Vendor      $4,970,070
One Microsoft Way
Redmond, WA 98052-6399
Attn: Scott Douglass
Phone: 775-823-5600
Email: scott.douglass@microsoft.com

3. Class Technologies, Inc.           Trade Vendor        $756,371
1717 North Street Northwest
Suite 1
Washington, DC 20036
Attn: Michael Chasen
Phone: 202-964-7111
Email: hello@class.com

4. Google                             Trade Vendor        $668,314
1600 Amphitheatre Parkway
Mountain View, CA 94043
Attn: Justin Meek
Phone: 650-653-0000
Email: jcmeek@google.com

5. Genius Sis, LLC                    Trade Vendor        $637,402
14359 Miramar Pkwy, Suite 376
Miramar, FL 33027
Attn: Matthew Schnittman
Phone: 954-667-7747
Email: info@geniussis.com

6. Movate, Inc.                       Trade Vendor        $472,580
5600 Tennyson Parkway, Suite 255
Plano, TX 75024
Attn: Sunil Mittal
Phone: 469-573-5029
Email: privacy.officer@movate.com

7. Reep-Ofc 1111 19Nw DC LLC          Trade Vendor        $430,377
1440 New York Ave, Nw Suite 200
Washington, DC 20005
Attn: Michael R. Brancheau
Phone: 312-267-6932
Email: mbrancheau@higginsbrancheau.com

8. Plaza Office Realty II, LLC        Trade Vendor        $370,931
1500 Broadway, 24Th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Douglas K. Hirsch
Phone: 301-230-5225
Email: dhirsch@shulmanrogers.com

9. Avalara                            Trade Vendor        $350,920
906 Alaskan Way, Suite 500
Seattle, WA 98104
Attn: Scott Mcfarlane
Phone: 877-224-3650
Email: scott.mcfarlane@gmail.com

10. Protiviti, Inc.                   Trade Vendor        $306,941
2884 Sand Hill Rd, Ste 200
Menlo Park, CA 94025-7072
Attn: Joseph Tarantino
Phone: 888-556-7420
Email: joseph.tarantino@protiviti.com

11. Intradiem, Inc.                   Trade Vendor        $299,400
2500 Dallas Highway, Suite 202
Marietta, GA 30064
Attn: Matt Mcconnell
Phone: 678-356-3500
Email: support@intradiem.com

12. Shepard Exposition Services, Inc  Trade Vendor        $263,966
1531 Carroll Drive Northwest
Atlanta, GA 30318
Attn: Kevin Bird, CEO
Phone: 404-720-8600
Email: kevin@shepardes.com

13. Pendo.io, Inc.                    Trade Vendor        $252,139
301 Hillsborough Street,
Suite 1900
Raleigh, NC 27603
Attn: Todd Olson
Phone: 919-275-5477
Email: services@pendo.io

14. Delinea Secret Server/            Trade Vendor        $225,666

Guidepoint Security LLC
221 Main Street, Suite 1300
San Francisco, CA 94105
Attn: Art Gilliland
Phone: 669-444-5200
Email: art.gilliland@delinea.com

15. Katten Muchin Rosenman, LLP       Trade Vendor        $202,427
525 W Monroe St
Chicago, IL 60661
Attn: Michael I. Verde
Phone: 212-940-8541
Email: michael.verde@katten.com

16. Chekpoint Harmony / Check Point   Trade Vendor        $202,351
Software Technologies, Inc.
100 Oracle Parkway, Suite 800
Redwood City, CA 94065
Attn: Nadav Zafrir
Phone: 800-429-4391
Email: press@checkpoint.com

17. Executive Hills Mgmt, Inc.        Trade Vendor        $192,912
5000 College Blvd Suite 310
Overland Park, KS 66211
Attn: John Cruz
Phone: 913-451-9000
Email: john.cruz@lrf-kc.com

18. Moody's Investors Service         Trade Vendor        $147,000
7 World Trade Center 250
Greenwich Street
New York, NY 10007
Attn: Rob Fauber
Phone: 212-553-1653
Email: clientservices@moodys.com

19. Sutherland Digital                Trade Vendor        $145,996
Services, Inc.
175 Sully's Trail, Suite 301
Pittsford, NY 14534
Attn: Dilip Vellodi
Phone: 585-586-5757
Email: dilip.vellodi@sutherlandglobal.com

20. Alvaria, Inc.                     Trade Vendor        $137,328
211 Perimeter Center Parkway
Suite 200
Atlanta, GA 30346
Attn: Michael Judd
Phone: 978-250-7900
Email: info@alvaria.com

21. MGT Impact Solutions, LLC         Trade Vendor        $124,794
4320 West Kennedy Blvd
Tampa, FL 33609
Attn: Claudia Hosang
Phone: 888-302-0899
Email: contracts@mgtconsulting.com

22. S&P GLOBAL RATINGS                Trade Vendor        $118,000
55 Water Street
New York, NY 10041
Attn: Steve Kemps, Chief Legal
Officer, S&P Global
Phone: 212-438-3303
Email: corporate.secretary@spglobal.com

23. Vercara / Neustar Information     Trade Vendor        $115,091
Services, Inc.
2201 Cooperative Way, Suite 350
Herndon, VA 20171
Attn: Colin Doherty
Phone: 844-929-0808
Email: cdoherty@neustarsecurityservices.com

24. PG Mainstreet North Forty LLC     Trade Vendor        $114,810
2101 West Commercial Blvd
Suite 1200
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309
Attn: Paul Kilgallon
Phone: 770 953-0000
Email: paul@mainstreetcapital.com

25. Revl Productions LLC              Trade Vendor        $114,351
409 Willow Ridge Ct,
Fort Worth, TX 76103
Attn: Brett Swords
Phone: 847-800-9154
Email: brettswords@revlproductions.com

26. A-Lign                            Trade Vendor        $112,902
400 N Ashley Drive, Suite 1325
Tampa, FL 33602
Attn: Scott Price
Phone: 888-702-5446
Email: info@a-lign.com

27. Ernst & Young U.S., LLP           Trade Vendor        $106,257
1 More London Place
London, SE1 2AF
United Kingdom
Attn: Jason A. Jones
Phone: +44 20 7951 2000
Email: globalone.support@ey.com

28. Facebook                          Trade Vendor        $102,410
1 Hacker Way
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Jennifer Newstead
Phone: 650-853-1300
Email: jnewstead@fb.com

29. Fontainebleau Las Vegas           Trade Vendor        $100,003
2777 S Las Vegas Blvd
Las Vegas, NV 89109
Attn: Maurice Wooden
Phone: 702-678-7777
Email: conciergeservices@fblasvegas.com

30. Quantum Workplace                 Trade Vendor         $98,982
13810 Fnb Pkwy, Ste 401
Omaha, NE 68154
Attn: Greg Harris
Phone: 402-519-2141
Email: greg.harris@quantumworkplace.com


ARCHDIOCESE OF BALTIMORE: Challenges Claimants' Bid to Toss Ch. 11
------------------------------------------------------------------
Randi Love of Bloomberg Law reports that the Archdiocese of
Baltimore has opposed a motion to dismiss its bankruptcy, arguing
that a committee of clergy sex abuse claimants is using the request
as a strategy to "coerce a favorable result" in related litigation.


In a filing Monday, September 29, 2025, in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Maryland, the archdiocese said the
committee's move was a "tactical maneuver" tied to ongoing disputes
over the church's charitable immunity defense. The two sides have
been litigating whether the Maryland doctrine shields the
archdiocese from liability for survivor claims.

The Troubled Company Reporter, citing Alex Wolf of Bloomberg Law,
reported that the Archdiocese of Baltimore's bankruptcy should be
dismissed if the church can avoid paying damages for clergy abuse
under Maryland's charitable immunity law, according to a group
representing abuse survivors.

In a court filing, the official creditors' committee said the
Chapter 11 case, now two years old, cannot continue if the
archdiocese succeeds in shielding itself from financial
responsibility. The dispute over the doctrine's applicability is
still pending before the court.

              About the Archdiocese of Baltimore

The Archdiocese of Baltimore operates as a non-profit religious
organization. The organization provides catholic charities,
chancery, pastoral council, policies, presbyteral council, and
child and youth protection.

The Archdiocese of Baltimore sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 23-16969) on Sept. 29,
2023. In the petition filed by Archbishop William E. Lori, the
Debtor estimated assets between $100 million and $500 million and
liabilities between $500 million and $1 billion.

The Debtor is represented by Catherine Keller Hopkin, Esq. at YVS
Law, LLC.


ARCON CONSTRUCTION: Class 2(b) Unsecureds Will Get 25% in 24 Months
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Arcon Construction Corporation filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of California a Combined Plan of
Reorganization and Disclosure Statement dated September 19, 2025.

Since 1999, the Debtor, a single shareholder corporation, has been
in the business of General Construction specializing in the
construction of multi-family buildings and high end single-family
homes throughout the San Francisco Bay Area.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay claims against the
Debtor from cash in the Debtor-in-possession account, disposable
funds over the course of the proposed plan period of 60 months and
from New Value of $100,000.00 contributed by the sole shareholder
of the Debtor.

The Plan provides for secured and unsecured priority claims, three
subclasses of general unsecured claims, and one class of the equity
holder.

Class 2(a) includes any creditor whose allowed claim is $10,000.00
or less, and any creditor in Class 2(b) whose allowed claim is
larger than $10,000.00 but agrees to reduce its claim to
$10,000.00. Each creditor will receive on the effective date of the
Plan a single payment equal to 22.1% of the lesser of its allowed
claim or $10,000.00. For ease of administration all small claim
recipients, or those electing to be treated in the small claim
class, will be paid a onetime payment on the effective date.

Class 2(b) consists of Trade Creditors with General Unsecured
Claims. Trade Creditors will receive 25% of their allowed claim in
24 equal monthly installments starting in 60 days from the
effective date but not later than December 1, 2025 and to be paid
thereafter on the 15th dat of each month for the balance of 23
additional months.

Class 2(c) consists of Other General Unsecured Claims. Creditors
will be impaired and will receive a set percentage distribution
over 60 months after the effective date due monthly. Monthly
payments will occur on the 15th of each consecutive month.

The single holder in the Debtor shall retain his equitable
interests in the property of the Debtor but will contribute new
value of $100,000.00 to held in the Plan. The new value is the
shareholder's personal funds, unrelated to the Debtor, and is being
contributed to provide an immediate pool of funds for small & trade
claims and costs of administration.

A full-text copy of the Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement
dated September 19, 2025 is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=5ukFdE from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Sheila Gropper Nelson, Esq.
     Resolution Law Firm P.C.
     50 Osgood Place, 5th Fl.
     San Francisco, CA 94133
     Tel: (415) 362-2221
     Email: Shedoesbklaw@aol.com

                About Arcon Construction Corporation

Arcon Construction Corp. operates a general construction and
development business in Daly City, Calif., which includes planning,
design, general contracting, and construction management.

Arcon filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No.
24-30679) on Sept. 13, 2024, with up to $500,000 in assets and up
to $10 million in liabilities. Andrey Libov, chief operating
officer, signed the petition.

Judge Dennis Montali oversees the case.

The Law Offices of Eric J. Gravel is the Debtor's bankruptcy
counsel.


AZZUR GROUP: Looks to Delay Deal in Face of US Trustee's Push
-------------------------------------------------------------
Ben Zigterman of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that Azzur
Group, a pharmaceutical services company, pushed back against a bid
by the U.S. Trustee's Office to require the debtor to propose an
amended Chapter 11 plan, noting that its earlier plan was denied
confirmation in May 2024.

The Troubled Company Reporter, citing Law360 Bankruptcy Authority,
previously reported that the Delaware bankruptcy judge warned
attorneys for pharmaceutical services company Azzur Group on
Monday, May 19, 2025, that they face significant challenges in
obtaining court approval for their client's Chapter 11 plan, as the
confirmation hearing got underway. The Delaware court previously
sustained an objection to insider liability releases in the
Debtor's Chapter 11 liquidation plan, concluding the company had
not provided sufficient justification for releasing current and
former officers, directors, and equity holders from claims related
to their conduct before the bankruptcy.

The TCR, citing Law360 Bankruptcy Authority, also previously
reported that unsecured creditors in Azzur Group's Chapter 11 case
are urging a Delaware bankruptcy judge to deny the proposed plan,
claiming it unjustifiably offers sweeping releases from potential
fraud or gross negligence, ultimately reducing their potential
recoveries.

                 About Azzur Group Holdings

Azzur Group Holdings, a Pennsylvania-based professional services
company operates across multiple locations including Boston,
Chicago, San Diego, and San Francisco, providing specialized life
sciences services including consulting, laboratory testing,
cleanrooms-on-demand, and technical training services.

Azzur Group Holdings and more than 30 of its affiliates sought
relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del.
Case No. 25-10342) on March 2, 2025. In their petitions, the
Debtors reported estimated assets and liabilities between $100
million and $500 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Karen B. Owens handles the cases.

DLA Piper LLP represents the Debtors as general bankruptcy counsel.
Ankura Consulting Group LLC serves as restructuring advisor to the
Debtors, Brown Gibbons Lang & Co. Securities Inc. acts as
investment banker, and Stretto Inc. acts as claims and noticing
agent.


BARTRAM LOGISTICS: Seeks Continued Cash Collateral Access
---------------------------------------------------------
Bartram Logistics, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Middle District of Tennessee for authority to continue to use cash
collateral.

The Debtor said that continued use of cash collateral is essential
to maintaining operations and funding ordinary business expenses.

The court's initial order entered on September 12 authorized the
Debtor's interim use of cash collateral through October 3.

The initial order granted lien holders a replacement security
interest in the Debtor's post-petition property and proceeds
thereof, with the same extent and priority as their pre-bankruptcy
security interest.

The court on September 24 also issued an order authorizing the
Debtor to pay subcontractors and suppliers using estate property,
including cash collateral, and to issue joint checks for
post-petition payments.

The payments are essential for the Debtor to continue its
construction projects.

The Debtor has an urgent need to preserve its operations in the
midst of its Chapter 11 case, which was initiated on September 9.
The Debtor said that it filed for bankruptcy relief to restructure
its operations and finances while maintaining ongoing business
activity.

                   About Bartram Logistics LLC

Bartram Logistics LLC, doing business as Bartram Electric, operates
as an electrical subcontractor providing installation and related
services for construction projects in the Southeastern United
States. The Company focuses on multifamily, hotel, and restaurant
developments and undertakes electrical scopes of work under general
contractors. It has completed more than 70 projects in the region
and continues to work on dozens of active and contracted
assignments.

Bartram Logistics LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 25-03788) on September
9, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Randal S. Mashburn handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Erin Malone-Smolla, Esq., at Bradley
Arant Boult Cummings, LLP.


BEAN THERE: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa
Division issued its second interim order authorizing Bean There
Done That, LLC to use cash collateral.

The second interim order signed by Judge Catherine Peek McEwen
authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral to pay the amounts
expressly authorized by the court, including payments to the U.S.
trustee for quarterly fees; the expenses set forth in the budget,
plus an amount not to exceed 10% for each line item; and additional
amounts subject to approval by secured creditor, Cadence Bank. This
authorization will continue until further order of the court.

Cadence Bank and other creditors with a security interest in the
cash collateral will have a perfected post-petition lien on the
cash collateral.

This lien will have the same validity, priority and extent as the
secured creditors' pre-bankruptcy lien.

The Debtor was ordered to keep its property insured in accordance
with its obligations under the loan and security agreements with
Cadence Bank.

The next hearing is scheduled for October 9.

                 About Bean There Done That LLC

Bean There Done That, LLC operates a drive-thru coffee shop
offering specialty beverages and breakfast items.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-04265) on June 24,
2025. In the petition signed by Igor D. Bley, manager, the Debtor
disclosed $143,453 in total assets and $1,504,704 in total
liabilities.

Judge Catherine Peek McEwen oversees the case.

Jake C. Blanchard, Esq., at Blanchard Law, P.A., represents the
Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.


BEYOND MEAT: Represented by Latham & Watkins in Exchange Offer
--------------------------------------------------------------
Beyond Meat, Inc., a leader in plant-based meat, announced that it
has commenced an exchange offer to exchange any and all of its 0%
Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 for a pro rata portion of (i) up
to $202.5 million in aggregate principal amount of its new 7.00%
Convertible Senior Secured Second Lien PIK Toggle Notes due 2030
and (ii) up to 326,190,370 shares of its common stock.

Latham & Watkins LLP represents Beyond Meat in the transaction with
a capital markets team led by partners Greg Rodgers and Cathy
Birkeland and counsel Ryan deFord, with associates Kaj Nielsen,
Ryan Gold, Joann Murphy, Greer Gaddie, Sofia Sitterson, Amanda
Farrish, Alex Gulino, and Molly Mitchell, and a restructuring &
special situations team led by partners Ray C. Schrock and Candace
M. Arthur, with associate Jonathan Gordon. Advice was provided on
finance matters by partner Scott Forchheimer, with associates Laura
Edwards, Mahika Narula, and Catherine Cook; on compensation and
benefits matters by partner Holly Bauer, with associate Julie
Voorhes and corporate governance and executive compensation
attorney Mia DiBella; and on tax matters by partners Aaron
Bernstein and Matthew Dewitz, with associate Alice Chen.

                     About Beyond Meat Inc.

Beyond Meat Inc. (NASDAQ: BYND) operates the Beyond Meat online
retail store, as well as the Beyond Meat interactive Website and
advertises, markets, and operates in the State of New York and
throughout the United States.



BLUM HOLDINGS: Issues $750K Unsecured Promissory Notes
------------------------------------------------------
Blum Holdings, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that it executed and
delivered an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of
$500,000 to an investor.

The Note has a maturity date of September 16, 2027 and bears
interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum payable monthly in arrears,
commencing on January 15, 2026. The Company may prepay the
principal balance in full at any time without penalty. The Note is
convertible at the Lender's election into a convertible promissory
note that shall include an automatic conversion into the shares of
capital stock issued by Blum at a conversion price equal to 85% of
a $20,900,000 pre-money valuation of Blum (equal to a per share
price of $0.98 on a fully diluted basis).

The Company shall grant to the Lender warrants to purchase up to
571,429 shares of the Company's common stock, at an exercise price
of $0.35 per share.

The Unsecured Promissory Note dated September 16, 2025 is a formal
agreement for the advance payment of $500,000 received on August
11, 2025 as disclosed in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2025.

On September 17, 2025, the Company executed and delivered an
Unsecured Promissory Note in the principal amount of $250,000 to an
investor.

The Second Note has a maturity date of September 17, 2027 and bears
interest at a rate of 8.0% per annum payable monthly in arrears,
commencing on January 15, 2026. The Company may prepay the
principal balance in full at any time without penalty. The Second
Note is convertible at the Lender's election into a convertible
promissory note that shall include an automatic conversion into the
shares of capital stock issued by Blum at a conversion price equal
to 85% of a $20,900,000 pre-money valuation of Blum (equal to a per
share price of $0.98 on a fully diluted basis).

The Company shall grant to the Lender warrants to purchase up to
285,714 shares of the Company's common stock, at an exercise price
of $0.35 per share.

The foregoing descriptions of the Notes do not purport to be
complete and are qualified in its entirety by reference to the full
text of the form of Notes, which are available at
https://tinyurl.com/2pxvczjh and https://tinyurl.com/3x8nbkb6 ,
respectively.

                        About Blum Holdings

Headquartered in Downey, California, Blum Holdings, Inc.
--www.blumholdings.com -- is a publicly listed parent company with
operations across California, dedicated to delivering top-tier
medical and recreational cannabis products and associated services.
The Company is home to Korova, a brand of high potency products
across multiple product categories, currently available in
California. The Company formerly operated Blum Santa Ana, a premier
cannabis dispensary in Orange County, California, which was sold in
June 2024. The Company previously owned dispensaries in California
which operated as Blum in Oakland and Blum in San Leandro, which
were sold in November 2024. In May 2024, the Company began
operating the retail store, Cookies Sacramento, and providing
consulting services for two additional dispensaries located in
Northern California. The Company is organized into two reportable
segments: (i) Cannabis Retail -- Includes cannabis-focused retail,
both physical stores and non-store front delivery; and (ii)
Cannabis Distribution -- Includes cannabis distribution
operations.

Costa Mesa, California-based GuzmanGray, the Company's auditor
since 2024, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 13, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, citing that the Company
has a significant working capital deficiency and needs to raise
additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain its
operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, Blum Holdings had $24.82 million in total
assets, $29.56 million in total liabilities, $2.01 million in
mezzanine equity, and a total stockholders' deficit of $6.75
million. As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Company had $1.04 million of cash
and cash equivalents.


CAMBER ENERGY: Subsidiary Signs $1.04M Equipment Sales Agreement
----------------------------------------------------------------
Camber Energy, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that its indirect
majority-owned subsidiary, Viking Ozone Technology, LLC, and Box 03
International S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of
Switzerland entered into an Equipment Sales Agreement regarding
VOT's VKIN-300 waste treatment unit (having Serial Number
SD-202530) currently situated in Bayet, France.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESA, Box03 agreed to
issue a purchase order and purchase the Ozone Unit for a purchase
price equal to U.S. $1,035,500, payable as follows:

     (i) as to 40% of the Purchase Price, such amount is due and
payable upon the acceptance by VOT of the purchase order to be
issued by Box03 or its affiliate under the ESA;

    (ii) as to 50% of the Purchase Price, such amount is due within
two business days following the date on which VOT notifies Box03
the Ozone Unit is ready for shipment; and

   (iii) the balance of the Purchase Price is due upon the earlier
to occur of:

          (a) the installation and commissioning of the Ozone Unit
pursuant to the performance and commissioning criteria agreed to in
writing by VOT and Box03; or
          (b) the date that is 30 days from the delivery of the
Ozone Unit to the Ultimate Destination (as defined in the ESA)
except if there is a delay in the installation and commissioning of
the Ozone Unit caused solely by VOT in which case payment of the
balance of the Purchase Price shall be paid on completion of the
installation and commissioning of the Ozone Unit.

The tentative timeline for shipment of the Ozone Unit from its
current location in Bayet, France to the prospective end user's
facility is as follows:

    (i) disassembly of Ozone Unit in Bayet, France: October 21,
2025;
   (ii) shipment of Ozone Unit: October 25-27, 2025; and
  (iii) arrival at final destination: October 31, 2025.

Box03's obligation to issue a purchase order to VOT for the Ozone
Unit under the ESA is conditional upon Cepheid (or one of its
affiliates), being the prospective end user of the Ozone Unit,
completing a financing arrangement with Siemens (or one of its
affiliates) on terms and conditions satisfactory to each of Cepheid
and Siemens. There are no assurances such condition will be
satisfied.  If the condition is satisfied, Box03 is to issue the
purchase order to VOT within one business day of receiving
confirmation of same.

The full text of the ESA is available at
https://tinyurl.com/5ppwc4nf

                         About Camber Energy

Based in Houston, Texas, Camber Energy, Inc. --
http://www.camber.energy-- is a growth-oriented diversified energy
company. Through its majority-owned subsidiaries, the Company
provides custom energy and power solutions to commercial and
industrial clients in North America and has a majority interest in:
(i) an entity with intellectual property rights to a fully
developed, patented, proprietary Medical and Bio-Hazard Waste
Treatment system using Ozone Technology; and (ii) entities with the
intellectual property rights to fully developed, patented, and
patent-pending proprietary Electric Transmission and Distribution
Open Conductor Detection Systems. Additionally, the Company holds a
license to a patented clean energy and carbon-capture system with
exclusivity in Canada and for multiple locations in the United
States. Various of the Company's other subsidiaries own interests
in oil properties in the United States. The Company is also
exploring other renewable energy-related opportunities and/or
technologies, which are currently generating revenue or have a
reasonable prospect of generating revenue within a reasonable
period of time.

Dallas, Texas-based Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P, the Company's
auditor since 2016, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated May 12, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the
Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a net
capital deficiency that raises substantial doubt about its ability
to continue as a going concern.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Company had $42,320,043 in total assets,
$80,135,700 in total liabilities, and a total stockholders' deficit
of $37,819,657. As of Jun. 30, 2025, the Company had $23,501,805 in
total assets, $60,361,168 in total liabilities, and a total
stockholders' deficit of $ 6,859,363.


CENTER FOR SPECIAL: BFG Columbus Property Sale to G&A Sharon OK'd
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa
Division, has permitted Michael Goldberg, the Chapter 11 Trustee of
The Center for Special Needs Trust Administration Inc., to sell
Property, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtor is a 501(c)(3) non-profit Florida corporation that
administers pooled trusts and special needs trusts. The Debtor is
the trustee or co-trustee of numerous special needs trusts,
including both stand-alone trusts and pooled trusts for
approximately 2,000 beneficiaries who suffer from various levels of
disability.

The Debtor's primary service as trustee of the Trusts is to manage
the Trusts, maintain records for assets managed by third party
investment managers, respond to request for distributions from
Beneficiaries, and make distributions in a manner that still
ensures that the applicable beneficiary meets the income and asset
thresholds to qualify for certain public assistance benefits, such
as Medicaid, Social Security, or Supplemental Security Income. The
Debtor's services help to ensure that Beneficiaries maintain their
qualification for these critical public assistance benefits.

The Court has authorized the Trustee, through Nperspective Advisory
Services, LLC and William A. Long, Jr., the Court appointed Chief
Restructuring Officer of BFG Columbus Holdings LLC, to sell the
property located at 3437-3511 Sullivant Avenue, Columbus, Ohio
43204 to G&A Sharon Woods Center LLC for a total purchase price of
$2,400,000.

The Trustee and the Purchaser are proceeding in good faith.

The Purchaser is unrelated to the Trustee, the Debtor, or Leo
Govoni.

Moreover, the Chapter 11 Trustee has authority to sell the Real
Property because he is now the majority member of BFG Columbus
Holdings LLC and has consent from the other members.

William A. Long, Jr., on behalf of BFG Columbus Holdings LLC,
pursuant to this role as Chief Restructuring Officer, is allowed to
execute sale documents and any other required documentation in
order to complete the sale of the Real Property.

The Court expressly waives the stay requirement enumerated in
Federal Rule of Bankruptcy Procedure 6004, to the extent
applicable, such that entry of this Order shall not be subject to
an automatic 14 day stay and such that this Order is effective
immediately.

              About The Center for
         Special Needs Trust Administration

The Center for Special Needs Trust Administration, Inc. filed
Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 24-00676) on Feb. 9,
2024, with $100 million to $500 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Roberta A. Colton oversees the case.

Scott A. Stichter, Esq., at Stichter, Riedel, Blain & Postler, PA
is the Debtor's legal counsel.

On March 4, 2024, the U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee
of unsecured creditors in this Chapter 11 case. The committee
tapped Underwood Murray, PA as bankruptcy counsel and Gilbert
Garcia Group, PA as special counsel.


CLNG HOMES: Orange Park Property Sale to Bradford Paul Beers OK'd
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida,
Jacksonville Division, has approved CLNG Homes LLC, to sell
Property, subject to liens, claims, encumbrances, and interests.  

The Debtor's Property is located at 2576 Huntington Way, Orange
Park, Florida 32073.

The Court has authorized the Debtor to sell the Property to
Bradford Paul Beers for the sum of $535,000.00 subject to all
existing pre-petition liens, claims, encumbrances and interests.

All existing secured indebtedness on the 2576 Huntington Way
Property, including but not limited to Churchill Funding I, LLC,
shall be paid in full at closing from the sale proceeds.

The sale made pursuant to the Order is "As-Is Where is With All
Faults" and shall be by deed and/or instrument of conveyance as
appropriate, with no warranties of title whatsoever. The Debtor is
authorized to execute whatever documents as may be necessary to
consummate the sale.

Any broker/realtor commission be held in escrow pending application
and order approving the compensation of the broker/realtor related
to this transaction.

      About CLNG Homes LLC

The Debtor is a Florida limited liability company.

CLNG Homes, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-03106) on
September 5, 2025, listing up to $50,000 in assets and
liabilities.

Bryan K. Mickler, Esq., at Mickler & Mickler, represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


CONSOLIDATED BURGER: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to October 31
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated Burger Holdings, LLC, and its affiliates asked the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Florida to
extend their exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization
and obtain acceptance thereof to October 31 and December 30, 2025,
respectively.

The Debtors explain that they are paying their postpetition
obligations in a timely fashion as shown in the monthly operating
reports which the Debtors have been filing with the Court. The
Debtors have been managing the remaining aspects of their
operations efficiently and preserving the value of their assets for
the benefit of all creditors. Accordingly, the Debtors submit that
cause exists to extend the Exclusivity Period through October 31,
2025 and the Acceptance Period through December 30, 2025.

The Debtors claim that they had consummated the sale of
substantially all their assets on June 29, 2025. The Debtors are
monetizing their limited, remaining assets, including a property
damage and business interruption claim and prosecuting a sales tax
refund. The Debtors have also issued several demands seeking to
recover transfers which the Debtors contend constitute preferences
under Bankruptcy Code section 547.

The Debtors, Auxilior, BKC and Southfield continue to discuss how
to most efficiently conclude these chapter 11 cases, which may
include the filing of a plan of liquidation. The extension
requested herein will not prejudice any parties and the benefits of
the extension and a possible consensual conclusion of the chapter
11 cases outweigh any potential prejudice.

The Debtors assert that the requested extension is reasonable given
their progress to date and the current posture of these Chapter 11
Cases. The proposed extensions of the Exclusivity Period and
Acceptance Period will advance the Debtors' efforts to confirm a
liquidation plan as expeditiously as possible, bring these cases to
a resolution, preserve value and avoid unnecessary motion
practice.

The Debtors further assert that the requested extension of the
Exclusivity Period and the Acceptance Period is not unduly
burdensome or prejudicial to any parties in interest in these
cases. Accordingly, the Debtors request a 35-day extension of the
Exclusivity Period and Acceptance Period.

The Debtors' Counsel:          

                  Paul Steven Singerman, Esq.
                  Jordi Guso, Esq.
                  Christopher Andrew Jarvinen, Esq.
                  BERGER SINGERMAN LLP
                  1450 Brickell Avenue
                  Suite 1900
                  Miami, FL 33131
                  Tel: 305-755-9500
                  Fax: 305-714-4340
                  Email: singerman@bergersingerman.com
                         jguso@bergersingerman.com
                         cjarvinen@bergersingerman.com

                    - and -

                  Brian G. Rich, Esq.
                  BERGER SINGERMAN LLP
                  313 N. Monroe Street, Ste. 301
                  Tallahassee, FL 32301
                  Tel: (850) 561-3010
                  Fax: (850) 561-3013
                  Email: brich@bergersingerman.com

                 About Consolidated Burger Holdings

Consolidated Burger Holdings, LLC, and its subsidiaries operate 57
Burger King restaurants across prime markets in Florida and
Southern Georgia.

On April 14, 2025, Consolidated Burger Holdings and two
subsidiaries sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Lead
Case No. 25-40162).

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Debtors' balance sheets reflect assets of
$77.9 million and liabilities of $77.9 million.

The Hon. Karen K. Specie is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped BERGER SINGERMAN LLP as general bankruptcy
counsel, DEVELOPMENT SPECIALISTS, INC., as restructuring advisor,
and PEAK FRANCHISE CAPITAL LLC as investment banker.  OMNI AGENT
SOLUTIONS, INC., is the claims agent.


CORE F&B: Hires Restaurant Hospitality Associates as Accountant
---------------------------------------------------------------
Core F&B PFV LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Texas to hire Restaurant Hospitality
Associates as accountant.

The services that RHA will be rendering are:

     a. bookkeeping services for the business operations;

     b. preparing monthly operating reports;

     c. monitoring daily cash flow of business;

     d. paying bills as directed by the Debtor; and

     e. providing other reasonable and necessary accounting
services as requested by the Debtor.

RHA charges a flat rate of $1,524.75 per month.

As disclosed in the court filings, Restaurant Hospitality
Associates represents no interests adverse to this estate, any
other entity in connection with this case, and are "disinterested
persons" within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. Sec. 101(14)

The firm can be reached through:

     Stephen Farmer
     Restaurant Hospitality Associates
     3526 Lakeview Parkway
     Rowlett, TX 75088
     Tel: (972) 463-2414
     Email: stephen.rha@gmail.com

          About Core F&B PFV LLC

Core F&B PFV LLC, which operates Renny's Bar & Grill, a food
service and drinking establishment located in Dallas, Texas.

Core F&B PFV LLC sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-32655) on
July 16, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets
up to $50,000 and estimated liabilities between $100,000 and
$500,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Michelle V. Larson handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by John Paul Stanford, Esq. at Quilling,
Selander, Lownds, et al.


CORPAY INC: S&P Rates New $1.2BB Senior Secured Term Loan B 'BB+'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue rating and '3' recovery
rating to Corpay Inc.'s (BB+/Stable/--) proposed $1.2 billion
senior secured term loan B due 2032. The '3' recovery rating
indicates its expectation of meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate:
60%) recovery in the event of a payment default.

The company intends to use the proceeds from this offering to fund
the company's $2.2 billion acquisition of Alpha Group International
PLC. Alpha (not rated) is a British fintech company that
specializes in managing foreign exchange risk and alternative
banking solutions for corporate and institutional clients
throughout the U.K. and Europe.

As of June 30, 2025, Corpay's leverage, as measured by S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA, was 2.9x. S&P said, "We anticipate
leverage will rise modestly above 3.0x upon completion of the
pending acquisition, remaining well below our downside threshold of
4.0x over the next 12-24 months. Additionally, the company is
expected to complete two noncore divestitures in the first half of
2026, and we anticipate the proceeds will go toward debt
reduction."

When calculating Corpay's leverage, S&P includes in itsadjusted
debt figure the company's term loan A, term loan B, revolving line
of credit, securitization facility, and lease liabilities, less
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents that we consider to be
available for debt repayment.

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- S&P's simulated default scenario contemplates a payment default
in 2030 because of heightened competition, lower transaction
volume, and significant operational issues.

-- S&P assumes a reorganization following the default, using an
emergence EBITDA multiple of 6.0x to value the company.

-- S&P assumes a $1.8 billion draw on the company's securitization
facility and treat this amount as priority to the company's secured
debt instruments.

-- S&P assumes an 85% draw on the company's $2.3 billion revolving
credit facility, which is pari passu to the company's term loans.

-- S&P's EBITDA at emergence reflects a fixed-charge proxy
consisting of projected interest expense on an amortized debt
balance and a minimum level of capital expenditure.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2030
-- EBITDA at emergence: $1.24 billion
-- EBITDA multiple: 6.0x

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $7.04
billion

-- Collateral value available to secured creditors: $5.2 billion

-- First-lien debt: $8.5 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 60%-65% (rounded estimate: 60%)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.



CORPORATE AIR: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Seven affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

    Debtor                                          Case No.
    ------                                          --------
    Corporate Air, LLC (Lead)                       25-22602
    15 Allegheny County Airport
    West Mifflin PA 15122

    Steel City Aviation, LLC                        25-22603
    Cheyenne, LLC                                   25-22604
    Pittsburgh Flight Training Center, Inc.         25-22605
    Steel City Aviation, Inc.                       25-22606
    CAM Investments, Inc.                           25-22607
    Schreiner Air Investments, LLC                  25-22608

Business Description: Corporate Air, LLC; Steel City Aviation,
                      LLC; Steel City Aviation, Inc.; and
                      Pittsburgh Flight Training Center, Inc.
                      provide flight training, aircraft rental
                     (including charter services), maintenance,
                      and Fixed-Base Operator services in
                      Pennsylvania and Colorado, operating
                      facilities that support charter flights,
                      pilot training, and related airport
                      operations.  Cheyenne, LLC; CAM Investments,
                      Inc.; and Schreiner Air Investments, LLC
                      serve as investment or holding companies
                      affiliated with these aviation businesses,
                      managing assets, equity, and aircraft for
                      the operational entities.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 29, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of Pennsylvania

Judge: Hon. John C Melaragno

Debtors'
Co-Bankruptcy
Counsel:          Kevin Douglass, Esq.
                  BABST, CALLAND, CLEMENTS AND ZOMNIR, P.C.
                  Two Gateway Center
                  Pittsburgh PA 15222
                  Tel: (412) 394-5400
                  Email: kdouglass@babstcalland.com

Debtors'
General
Bankruptcy
Counsel:          Domenic E. Pacitti, Esq.
                  Michael W. Yurkewicz, Esq.
                  KLEHR HARRISON HARVEY BRANZBURG LLP
                  1835 Market Street, Suite 1400
                  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
                  Tel: (215) 569-2700
                  Fax: (215) 568-6603
                  Email: dpacitti@klehr.com
                         myurkewicz@klehr.com

Debtors'
Financial
Advisor:          RIVERON MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC

Debtors'
Noticing,
Claims &
Solicitation
Agent:            OMNI AGENT SOLUTIONS, INC.

Lead Debtor's
Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Lead Debtor's
Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petitions were signed by David Nolletti as chief restructuring
officer.

A full-text copy of the Lead Debtor's petition is available for
free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PABSZLQ/Corporate_Air_LLC__pawbke-25-22602__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                         Nature of Claim     Claim Amount

1. Francois Bitz                      Litigation        $3,441,003
1640 Pleasant Hill Rd
Baden, PA 15005
Phone: 412-913-1244
Email: francoisbitz@gmail.com;
bitz@nauticom.net

2. Signature Energy                   Litigation          $887,280
Attn: Joseph F. Butcher, Counsel
13485 Veterans Way, Ste 600
Orlando, FL 32827
Phone: 412-281-8000
Email: butcher@zklaw.com

3. Imagine 280, LLC                   Litigation          $654,000
Attn: John Kelly
1331 E Lake Dr
Ft Lauderdale, FL 33316
Phone: 412-913-0126
Email: jekelly5646@aol.com

4. American Express                   Litigation          $544,072
Attn: Odstrchel E. Martin, Counsel
115 W Towne Ridge Pkwy
Sandy, UT 84070
Phone: 855-473-2550
Email: customer.service@americanexpress.com;
       MOdstrchel@rauschstrum.com

5. Jim Manon                          Litigation          $520,285
Union Trust Bldg
501 Grant St, Ste 200
Pittsburgh, PA 15219-4413
Email: brian.simmons@bipc.com

6. 84 Lumber Co                       Litigation          $461,966
Attn: Deja Glemba, Louis A. DePaul
Rte 519
P.O. Box 8484
Eighty Four, PA 15330
Email: Deja.Glemba@84lumber.biz
       ldepaul@eckeretseamans.com

7. Honeywell Inc                      Trade Debt          $373,682
Attn: Carlos Noriega
24004 Network Pl
Chicago, IL 60673-0349
Phone: +526865960119
Email: carlos.noriega@honeywell.com

8. World Fuel Services Inc            Trade Debt         $354,933
Attn: Michael J. Kasbar
2458 Paysphere Cir
Chicago, IL 60674-2458
Email: legalnotices@wfscorp.com

9. Ascent Aviation Group, Inc         Trade Debt          $308,581
Attn: Bart Budman, CFO
3000 Bayport Dr, Ste 470
Tampa, FL 33607
Email: info@ascent1.com
       bbudman@ascentmro.com

10. James O'Donnell                   Trade Debt         $267,974
Attn: Debbie Albright
10 Woodsworth Ct
Wayne, PA 19087
Email: jimodonnell253@gmail.com

11. Allegheny County Airport          Trade Debt         $184,543
Attn: Patricia Sparks-Epley, Counsel
12 Allegheny County Airport
W Mifflin, PA 15122
Phone: 412-466-1275
Email: agcinfo@flypittsburgh.com
       psparks-epley@flypittsburgh.com

12. Gulfstream Aerospace Corp         Trade Debt         $178,224
Attn: Mayra Calzadilla Vieito,
Deputy Counsel
P.O. Box 730349
Dallas, TX 75373-0349
Email: info@gulfstream.com;
       mayra.vieito@gulfstream.com

13. Pronto Transportation LLC         Trade Debt          $132,270
Attn: Raymond Pronto
Tower Two Sixty
260 Forbes Ave, Ste 1600
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Email: dnovakowski@courylp.com

14. Armada Supply Chain Solutions     Trade Debt          $128,056
Attn: David Brooks
645 Alpha Dr
Pittsburgh, PA 15238
Phone: 412-406-5700
Email: dbrooks@armada.net

15. Mednax                            Trade Debt          $115,700
Attn: Stephen Wietgrefe
1301 Concord Ter
Sunrise, FL 33323
Email: mark_ordan@mednax.com

16. QAI Aviation, Inc                 Trade Debt           $97,249
Attn: Mike Seber, VP
903 McKee Rd
White Oak, PA 15131
Phone: 412-475-4724
Email: mikes@qai.aero;
       sales@qaiaviation.com

17. Muddy Creek Energy Investments    Trade Debt           $73,673
Attn: James Crockard
3935 Washington Rd
Canonsburg, PA 15317
Email: jcrockard@muddycreekenergy.com

18. James Bernier                     Trade Debt           $45,084
4 Westmoreland Farms
Pittsburgh, PA 15215
Email: Jsbernier@comcast.net

19. American Textile Co               Trade Debt           $42,114
Attn: Melissa Leroch
10 N Linden St
RIDC River Pl
Duquesne, PA 15110
Email: mleroch@americantextile.com

20. Gogo Business Aviation, LLC       Trade Debt           $37,315
Attn: Crystal Gordon, General Counsel
111 N Canal St, Ste 1500
Chicago, IL 60606
Email: mleroch@americantextile.com

21. Summit Fire & Security            Trade Debt           $36,950
Attn: Douglas Higgins Jr
P.O. Box 855227
Minneapolis, MN 55485-5227
Phone: 412-313-7665
Email: dhiggins@summitfiresecurity.com

22. Folino Construction, Inc          Trade Debt           $34,634
109 Dark Hollow Rd
Oakmont, PA 15139
Phone: 412-820-2800
Email: estimating@afolino.com

23. Grossman Yanak & Ford LLP         Trade Debt           $34,000
444 Liberty Ave, Ste 500
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
Phone: 412-338-9300
Email: cpas@gyf.com

24. Precision Recruiting              Trade Debt           $31,001
Solutions Group
Attn: A J Ray, Owner
3919 William Penn Hwy, Ste 200
Murrysville, PA 15668
Phone: 412-310-5828
Email: info@prsgllc.com
       ajray@prsgllc.com

25. Greenwood Point Int'l, LLC        Trade Debt          $28,500
4109 N Randolph Ct
Arlington, VA 22207

26. Supporting Strategies             Trade Debt          $27,500
Attn: Chris Pentrack
100 Cummings Ctr, Ste 270 P
Beverly, MA 0191
Phone: 412-226-0080
Email: cpentrack@supportingstrategies.com;
       info@supportingstrategies.com

27. Boeing Digital Solutions, Inc     Trade Debt          $22,628
P.O. Box 840864
Dallas, TX 75284-0864
Email: support@jeppesen.com

28. US Chamber of Commerce            Trade Debt          $21,620
1615 H St NW
Washington, DC 20062-2000
Phone: 202-659-6000
Email: CKanuch@uschamber.com

29. Aviall Services, Inc              Trade Debt           $17,928
P.O. Box 842267
Dallas, TX 75284-2267
Email: bdicustomersupport@aviall.com

30. Morgan O'Brien                    Trade Debt           $15,607
375 N Shore Dr, Ste 600
Pittsburgh, PA 15212
Phone: 412-713-2474
Email: Morganobrien2020@gmail.com


COVERED BRIDGE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Nov. 28
---------------------------------------------------------------
Covered Bridge Newtown, LLC and Covered Bridge Newtown I, LLC
received another extension from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Connecticut to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The order signed by Judge Julie Manning authorized the Debtors to
use cash collateral from September 23 to November 28 in accordance
with their projected budget, subject to a 10% variance.

As adequate protection, secured creditors including UC Covered
Bridge MF Holder, LLC and the U.S. Small Business Administration
will be granted replacement liens on the Debtors' assets, including
real estate and personal property.

The replacement liens will have the same validity, priority and
extent as the secured creditors' pre-bankruptcy liens, subject to a
fee carveout.

Secured creditors are also entitled to a superpriority claim senior
to all other administrative expense claims against the Debtors.

The Debtors acknowledge the validity, priority and extent of liens
on cash collateral granted to UC Covered Bridge MF Holder and
waived any challenge. The challenge period has expired for all
creditors other than the official unsecured creditors committee,
which has asserted a lien challenge in an adversary proceeding it
filed in April.

A final hearing is scheduled for November 18. Objections are due by
November 14.

A copy of the court order and the budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/wfJQg from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Covered Bridge Newtown

Covered Bridge Newtown, LLC is the entity responsible for
construction of the buildings at a rental complex operated by
Covered Bridge Newtown I, LLC. This property is a Class A luxury
rental complex located at 9 Covered Bridge Road, Unit 1 and Unit 3,
Newtown, Conn., with over 150 rented units. It has a 24-hour
fitness center, heated swimming pool, sun deck, and clubhouse.

The first buildings were completed in 2018. After construction on a
parcel is completed, Covered Bridge Newtown deeds the buildings to
Covered Bridge Newtown I by way of quit claim deed, after which the
latter is the landlord to its tenants. Covered Bridge Newtown I has
a full-time, on-site property manager attending to the needs of
tenants and managing the Rental Complex.

Covered Bridge Newtown and Covered Bridge Newtown I filed Chapter
11 petitions (Bankr. D. Conn. Lead Case No. 24-50833) on December
8, 2024. Each Debtor reported between $50 million and $100 million
in assets and liabilities at the time of the filing.

Judge Julie A. Manning handles the cases.

The Debtors are represented by Joanna M. Kornafel, Esq., and
Jeffrey M. Sklar, Esq., at Green & Sklarz, LLC.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.

UC Covered Bridge MF Holder, LLC, as secured creditor, is
represented by:

     Jeffrey A. Miller, Esq.
     Westerman Ball Ederer Miller Zucker & Sharfstein, LLP
     1201 RXR Plaza
     Uniondale, NY 11556
     Telephone No. (516) 622-9200
     Facsimile No. (516) 622-9212
     Email: jmiller@westermanllp.com


CPV FAIRVIEW: S&P Affirms 'BB-' Rating on Senior Secured Debt
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'BB-' rating, with a '1+' recovery
rating, on CPV Fairview LLC's $750 million senior secured term loan
B (TLB).

The '1+' recovery rating indicates S&P's expectation for full
(100%) recovery in a hypothetical default scenario.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation of strong
debt service coverage during the TLB period given our opinion of
power demand growth in future years and recently cleared capacity
prices for the 2026-2027 period. During the TLB period, we expect
DSCRs above 2.0x, falling to a minimum of about 1.83x when a fully
amortizing debt structure is assumed after refinancing. We expect
about $360 million will be outstanding at maturity."

Fairview is a 1,050 megawatt (MW) combined-cycle gas turbine power
plant that achieved commercial operation in December 2019. The
plant is in Cambria County, Pa., and falls under the
PJM-Mid-Atlantic Area Council (MAAC) capacity zone due to its
interconnection to the 500-kilovolt Pennsylvania Electric Co.
transmission system. The project sells power at AEP-Dayton Hub
price with gas priced at TETCO M3. Fairview is jointly owned by
Osaka Gas USA (50%), Competitive Power Ventures (25%), and DL
Energy (25%). Osaka Gas Asset Management LLC is the project's asset
manager and CPV Energy & Marketing Services is the project's energy
manager.

Fairview will upsize its existing $550 million TLB with a $200
million add-on in light of higher recently cleared capacity prices.
CPV Fairview will use the proceeds to pay for transaction-related
expenses and a sponsor distribution. There are no changes to the
existing executed financing documents. The TLB outstanding after
this transaction will be $700 million.

S&P said, "Based on our view of industry factors and market-driven
variables, we forecast a minimum and median debt service coverage
ratio (DSCR) of 1.83x (including the post-refinancing period).

"Although we anticipate the $200 million TLB upsize will pressure
DSCRs, we view DSCRs as commensurate with the current rating due to
the expected TLB paydown before maturity, driven by favorable
near-to-median term market conditions. CPV Fairview has benefited
from strong energy markets and favorable spark hedges. The project
paid down approximately $43 million since the initial TLB issuance
in September 2024. With recently cleared capacity prices in PJM and
favorable energy market conditions, we forecast CPV Fairview will
continue its robust financial performance in the next few years. We
forecast DSCRs will be above 2x during the TLB period. We expect
the TLB outstanding at maturity to be less than the upsize amount
due to higher leverage, which will trigger a higher percentage of
cash sweeps based on the TLB's tiered repayment mechanism. We now
project the TLB outstanding at maturity will be approximately $360
million, compared with $260 million in our previous review.
Post-refinancing, overall DSCRs are lower due to higher debt
outstanding at maturity. We now expect a minimum and median DSCR of
1.83x. We continue to view this level of DSCR as commensurate with
the current rating.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation of strong debt service
coverage during the TLB period, given our view of power demand
growth in the upcoming years. During the TLB period, we expect
DSCRs above 2.0x and a minimum DSCR of 1.83x during the
post-refinancing period, where we assume a fully amortizing debt
structure. We expect spark spread will be in the high teens per
megawatt-hour (/MWh) for the next several years, converging to a
long-term average of about $14/MWh.

"We would consider a negative rating action if the minimum DSCR
falls below 1.35x on a sustained basis."

This could occur if:

-- CPV Fairview realizes weaker spark spreads and lower PJM
capacity prices;

-- Unplanned outages occur that significantly reduce generation;

-- Economic factors cause the power plants to dispatch
significantly less than our base-case expectation; or

-- Debt paydown is substantially lower than S&P expects, leading
to higher-than-expected debt balance at maturity.

Although unlikely in the near term due to the single-asset nature
of the project, S&P could raise the rating if:

-- S&P has a qualitative view that the project can be rated in the
'BB' category given its single-asset nature and exposure to
inherent power price volatility, operational risk, and refinancing
risk;

-- S&P expects the project will maintain a minimum base-case DSCR
higher than 1.80x in all years, including the post-refinancing
period; and

-- S&P would expect such outcomes to occur if the project's
financial performance and debt repayment well exceed its forecast
on a sustained basis. This could be due to factors such as improved
energy margins, higher dispatch, and substantially improved
capacity pricing, leading to lower-than-expected debt outstanding
when the TLB matures, as well as a track record of decreasing debt
per kilowatt (kW).



DISTRICT 7 GRILL: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 27
-----------------------------------------------------------------
District 7 Grill Corporation and affiliates received second interim
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District
of Texas, Houston Division, to use cash collateral to operate their
restaurants.

The second interim order authorized the Debtors to use the cash
collateral of U.S. Small Business Administration through October 27
in accordance with their 13-week budget.

As adequate protection for the Debtor's use of its cash collateral,
SBA will be granted replacement liens on post-petition cash and
inventory. The replacement liens do not apply to any Chapter 5
avoidance actions. Texas ad valorem tax liens are deemed senior to
SBA liens under state law.

As further protection, SBA will receive a monthly payment of
$1,000.

The Debtors' authority to use cash collateral will terminate if the
court removes them as debtors-in-possession; the Chapter 11 cases
are converted to cases under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code; or
the Debtors use cash collateral for purposes not authorized under
the interim order.

The final hearing is scheduled for October 27, with objections due
by October 24.

                 About District 7 Grill Corporation

District 7 Grill Corporation owns and operates four restaurants in
Houston, Texas, including: two District 7 restaurants located at
501 Pierce St., Houston, Texas 77002 and 1508 Hutchins Street,
Houston, Texas 77003; one District 7 Restaurant & Market restaurant
located at 610 Main St., Houston, Texas 77002; and one Table 7
Bistro restaurant located at 1085 Rusk St., Ste. C, Houston, TX
77002.

District 7 Grill Corporation sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 25-34547) on
August 5, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets up to $50,000 and estimated liabilities between $100,000 and
$500,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Jeffrey P. Norman handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Brandon J. Tittle, Esq. at TITTLE LAW
FIRM, PLLC.


ECGPR LLC: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------
Debtor: ECGPR , LLC
        AA 62 BO Playa
        Salinas, PR 00751

Business Description: ECGPR LLC holds fee simple ownership of a
                      property at AA 62 Angel Maldonado Street in
                      the Coco Margarita sector of Barrio Playa,
                      Salinas, Puerto Rico, valued at about
                      $117,000.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 27, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Puerto Rico

Case No.: 25-04341

Judge: Hon. Enrique S Lamoutte Inclan

Debtor's Counsel: Jacqueline Hernandez Santiago, Esq.
                  HERNANDEZ AND ASSOCIATES LAW FIRM
                  PO Box 366431
                  San Juan, PR 00936-6431
                  Tel: (787) 249-4264
                  Email: quiebras1@gmail.com

Total Assets: $121,000

Total Liabilities: $1,122,000

The petition was signed by Edgardo Fernandez Laborde as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's six unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2Y7KPTA/ECGPR__LLC__prbke-25-04341__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ERIC R. HARTMAN: Scott Chernich Named Subchapter V Trustee
----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed Scott Chernich as
Subchapter V trustee for Eric R. Hartman, DC, PLLC.

Mr. Chernich will be paid an hourly fee of $375 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.
  
Mr. Chernich declared that he is a disinterested person according
to Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Scott A. Chernich
     313 S. Washington Square
     Lansing, MI 48933
     517-371-8133
     Email: schernich@fosterswift.com

     About Eric R. Hartman, DC PLLC

Eric R. Hartman, DC, PLLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Mich. Case No.
25-02687) on September 22, 2025, with $100,001 to $500,000 in
assets and liabilities.

Martin L. Rogalski, Esq. at Martin L Rogalski PC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


ERIC R. HARTMAN: Seeks to Hire Martin L. Rogalski as Attorney
-------------------------------------------------------------
Eric R. Hartman, DC, PLLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Michigan to hire Martin L.
Rogalski, P.C., as its attorneys.

The firm will represent and perform legal services to the Debtor
necessary for the continuance, and conclusion of the Chapter 11
case.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Senior Attorney         $400 per hour
     Associate Attorney      $250 per hour
     Law Clerk               $200 per hour
     Paralegal               $150 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

Martin L. Rogalski, Esq., a partner at Martin L. Rogalski, P.C.,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Martin L. Rogalski, Esq.
     Martin L. Rogalski, P.C.
     1881 Georgetown Center Drive
     Jenison, MI 49428
     Tel: (616) 457-4410

           About Eric R. Hartman, DC, PLLC

Eric R. Hartman, DC, PLLC sought protection for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Mich. Case No.
25-02687) on September 22, 2025, listing $100,001 to $500,000 in
both assets and liabilities. Martin L. Rogalski, Esq. at Martin L
Rogalski PC as bankruptcy counsel.


EUSHI FINANCE: S&P Rates New Junior Subordinated Notes 'BB+'
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue-level rating to EUSHI
Finance Inc.'s (EFI) proposed fixed-to-fixed reset rate junior
subordinated notes due 2056. EFI is a core subsidiary of Emera Inc.
(BBB/Stable) and exists solely to issue and redeem debt and sell
its common securities to Emera.

EFI intends to use the net proceeds from this offering for general
corporate purposes, including repaying existing indebtedness. This
will include the partial redemption of Emera's existing US$1.2
billion of fixed-to-floating hybrids, when they reset in June 2026.
Accordingly, S&P views this issuance as a refinancing transaction
and believe hybrid securities will continue to account for about
12% of Emera's capitalization, below the 15% maximum threshold in
its criteria.

S&P said, "We classify these notes as hybrid securities with
intermediate equity content (50%), which reflects the offering's
permanence, subordination, and deferability features. In line with
our criteria, we'll reclassify the notes as having no equity
content after 2036 because the remaining period until maturity will
be less than 20 years.

"We rate these securities two notches below our 'BBB' long-term
issuer credit rating on the company to reflect their subordination
and deferability features. The hybrid securities are subordinated
to all the company's existing and future senior debt obligations.
In addition, management can defer the interest payments on the
instrument.

"The long-term nature of the junior subordinated notes--along with
the company's limited ability and lack of incentives to redeem the
issuance for a long-dated period--meets our standard for
permanence. The coupon floor feature of the notes provides the
company with less protection from some interest rate and
refinancing scenarios than equivalent hybrids that don't have a
floor. However, we expect it would replace this instrument with an
equivalent or stronger form of equity before potential redemption
to maintain a similar layer of capital that can absorb losses or
conserve cash when needed. Redeeming the notes without replacing
with an equivalent or stronger form of equity would likely preclude
future equity credit, all else equal."



EVERSTREAM SOLUTIONS: Seeks to Extend Exclusivity to Jan. 23, 2026
------------------------------------------------------------------
Everstream Solutions LLC and its affiliated debtors asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas to extend their
exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to January 23, 2026 and March 24, 2026,
respectively.

The Debtors explain that ample cause exists to grant the Debtors'
requested extension of the Exclusive Periods. Since the Petition
Date, the Debtors have made significant progress toward their
stated goals in these chapter 11 cases, including obtaining
approval of a value-maximizing going-concern sale, progressing the
wind down of the Debtors' operations in the Pennsylvania Market,
and negotiating and filing a chapter 11 plan.

First, the scale and complexity of the Debtors' business and
industry, which require the Debtors to navigate complex issues in
their chapter 11 plan efforts, support the need for the extension
of the Exclusive Periods. The Debtors have a complex capital
structure, with over $1 billion in total funded debt, including the
OpCo Loans and HoldCo Loans. Accordingly, the Debtors' size and the
complexity of these chapter 11 cases, and the breadth of financial
and legal issues involved therein, warrant the requested extension
of the Exclusive Periods.

Second, the Debtors need sufficient time to confirm the Plan. On
September 10, 2025, after negotiating with and obtaining the
support of the OpCo Lenders, HoldCo Lenders, and DIP Lenders, the
Debtors filed their Plan and Disclosure Statement. A confirmation
hearing is scheduled for November 19, 2025. Expiration of the
Exclusive Periods could result in the Debtors having to face the
prospect of litigation concerning competing plans with a
confirmation hearing on the horizon.

Third, the Debtors have demonstrated good faith progress in these
chapter 11 cases. This is the Debtors' first motion for extension
of the Exclusive Periods. Only four months have passed since the
Petition Date, which is not enough time to formulate, prosecute,
and implement a chapter 11 plan in most chapter 11 cases, and not
enough time here. The Debtors have expended significant efforts
since the Petition Date to bridge competing views and garner
consensus and have filed a Plan that reflects such consensus.

Fourth, the Debtors remain engaged with their creditor
constituents. The Debtors are in regular contact with their key
creditor constituencies, including the OpCo Lenders, the HoldCo
Lenders, the DIP Lenders, contract counterparties, and the
Creditors' Committee. The Debtors are not seeking an extension of
the Exclusive Periods as a tactic. Rather, the Debtors seek an
extension of exclusivity so that they have sufficient time to
finalize negotiations with their creditors and to confirm and
implement the Plan.

Fifth, the Debtors are making administrative expense payments and
will continue to do so. The Debtors are paying administrative
expenses as they come due and will continue to do so. Additionally,
the Debtors have access to up to $47 million in DIP financing under
the DIP Facility. The Debtors continue to monitor their liquidity
position closely and are confident that sufficient funding will be
available to satisfy their postpetition payment obligations during
the requested extension of the Exclusive Periods.

Finally, relatively little time has elapsed in these chapter 11
cases and an extension of the Exclusive Periods will not prejudice
creditors and stakeholders. All stakeholders benefit from the
continued stability and predictability that comes with the Debtors
being the sole potential plan proponents. Further, an extension of
the Exclusive Periods will enable the Debtors to consummate the
Sale Transaction and confirm the Plan without the distraction of a
competing chapter 11 plan.

The Debtors' Counsel:      

                       Gabriel A. Morgan, Esq.
                       Clifford W. Carlson, Esq.
                       WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP
                       700 Louisiana Street, Suite 3700
                       Houston, Texas 77002
                       Tel: (713) 546-5000
                       Fax: (713) 224-9511
                       Email: gabriel.morgan@weil.com
                              clifford.carlson@weil.com

                         - and -

                       Matthew S. Barr, Esq.
                       Andriana Georgallas, Esq.
                       Alexander P. Cohen, Esq.
                       WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP
                       767 Fifth Avenue
                       New York, New York 10153
                       Tel: (212) 310-8000
                       Fax: (212) 310-8007
                       Email: matt.barr@weil.com
                              andriana.georgallas@weil.com
                              alexander.cohen@weil.com

                         About Everstream Networks

Everstream Networks LLC is a business-focused provider of data,
internet, and communications services, operating a fiber network
spanning over 34,000 miles across 13 states in the U.S. Midwest and
Northeast. Headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio, the Company offers
enterprise-grade solutions such as dedicated internet access, dark
fiber, Ethernet, and network security. Founded in 2014 as a
subsidiary of nonprofit OneCommunity, Everstream has expanded
through a mix of organic growth and acquisitions.

Everstream Networks LLC and affiliates sought relief under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No.
25-90144) on May 28, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports
estimated assets (on a consolidated basis) between $500 million and
$1 billion and estimated liabilities (on a consolidated basis)
between $1 billion and $10 billion.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Christopher M. Lopez handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Gabriel A. Morgan, Esq., Clifford W.
Carlson, Esq., Matthew S. Barr, Esq., Andriana Georgallas, Esq.,
and Alexander P. Cohen, Esq. at WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP. The
Debtors' Special Counsel is RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A. BANK
STREET GROUP LLC is the Debtors' M&A Advisor. ALVAREZ & MARSAL
NORTH AMERICA, LLC is the Debtors' Financial Advisor. STRETTO, INC.
is the Debtors' Claims, Noticing & Solicitation Agent.


FIRST BRANDS: Committee Examines Billions in Off-Balance-Sheet Deal
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Jonathan Randles of Bloomberg News reports that a special board
committee at First Brands Group LLC has launched an investigation
into the company's use of about $2.3 billion in off-balance sheet
financing, a practice that had raised red flags among investors
before the auto-parts supplier entered bankruptcy.

The financing obligations stem from special-purpose vehicles tied
to a subsidiary and were structured through factoring arrangements,
Chief Restructuring Officer Charles Moore said in a Monday,
September 29, 2025, bankruptcy filing. The probe, which began
before the Chapter 11 case, remains ongoing as part of a broader
review of company finances.

                     About First Brands

Rochester Hills, Mich.-based First Brands Group, LLC is a global
supplier of aftermarket automotive parts.

On September 24, 2025, the Company's non-operational special
purpose entities, Global Assets LLC, Global Lease Assets Holdings,
LLC, Carnaby Capital Holdings, LLC, Broad Street Financial
Holdings, LLC, Broad Street Financial, LLC, Carnaby Inventory II,
LLC, Carnaby Inventory Holdings II, LLC, Carnaby Inventory III,
LLC, Carnaby Inventory Holdings III, LLC, Patterson Inventory, LLC,
Patterson Inventory Holdings, LLC, Starlight Inventory I, LLC and
Starlight Inventory Holdings I, LLC each filed a voluntary petition
for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas.

Commencing on September 28, 2025, First Brands Group, LLC and 98
affiliated debtors each filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Texas. In its petition, First Brands
Group LLC listed $1 billion to $10 billion in estimated assets and
$10 billion to $50 billion in estimated liabilities. The cases are
pending before the Hon. Christopher M. Lopez, and are jointly
administered under Case No. 25-90399, and consolidated for
procedural purposes only.

Weil, Gotshal and Manges LLP is serving as legal counsel, Lazard is
serving as investment banker, Alvarez & Marsal is serving as
financial advisor, and C Street Advisory Group is serving as
strategic communications advisor to First Brands Group. Kroll
serves as the Debtors' Claims Agent.

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP is serving as legal counsel, and
Evercore is serving as investment banker to the Ad Hoc Group.


FIRST BRANDS: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'D' on Chapter 11 Filing
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on First Brands
Group LLC to 'D' from 'CC'.

At the same time, S&P lowered its issue-level rating on First
Brands' first-lien debt to 'D' from 'CC' and our issue-level rating
on its second-lien debt to 'D' from 'C'.

First Brands voluntarily filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection
on Sept. 28, 2025.

The downgrade reflects First Brands Group LLC's Chapter 11
bankruptcy filing. The filing follows the heightened maturity risks
the company faced after its unsuccessful refinancing in July 2025,
including the distressed trading levels of its term loans and
scrutiny of its working-capital finance programs. An affiliate
entity of First Brands, Carnaby Capital Holdings LLC, also filed
for Chapter 11 bankruptcy on Sept. 25, 2025. S&P believes Carnaby
was a material source of off-balance sheet financing that First
Brands used to fund its working capital. Therefore, the loss of
this short-term financing likely led to a significant liquidity
shortfall at the company.

First Brands has secured $1.1 billion of debtor-in-possession
financing to support its ongoing operations and liquidity as it
works through its bankruptcy proceedings.



FIRST BRANDS: Sued by Grammer for Deal Breach
---------------------------------------------
Jarek Rutz of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that automotive
supplier Grammer Inc. has filed a lawsuit in Delaware Chancery
Court against APC Parent LLC and guarantor First Brands Group,
which entered Chapter 11 on Sunday, alleging they breached multiple
agreements and withheld over $20 million tied to a $40 million
merger.

                About First Brands Group LLC

First Brands Group, LLC, headquartered in Cleveland, OH, is a
leading manufacturer and distributor of primarily aftermarket
component parts for the automotive and other industrial equipment
markets. The company's products include wipers, air and oil
filters, water and fuel pumps, brake drums and rotors, spark plugs
and gas springs.

First Brands Group LLC and affiliates sought relief under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-90399)
on September 29, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports
liabilities between $10 billion and $50 billion, with assets
estimated at $1 billion to $10 billion.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP is guiding First Brands Group as legal
counsel, alongside Lazard as investment banker, Alvarez & Marsal as
financial advisor, and C Street Advisory Group for communications
strategy. The Ad Hoc Group has tapped Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
for legal representation and Evercore for investment banking
services.


FRUGALITY INC: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------------
Frugality, Inc. received third interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Florida, Pensacola
Division to use cash collateral.

The order penned by Judge Jerry Oldshue, Jr. authorized the
Debtor's interim use of cash collateral to pay monthly expenses and
court-approved fees.

As protection, BayFirst National Bank and other creditors with
secured claims on the cash collateral will be granted post-petition
replacement liens on personal property, which the Debtor acquired
after the petition date. The Debtor may still dispute the validity
of any creditor's security interest in its assets.

As further protection, BayFirst will continue to receive a monthly
payment of $3,000 until confirmation of its Chapter 11 plan. The
payment started in April.

The next hearing is scheduled for October 3.

                     About Frugality Inc.

Frugality Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 25-30177) on March 3,
2025, with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets and $500,001 to $1
million in liabilities.

Judge Jerry C. Oldshue Jr. presides over the case.

Byron Wright, III, Esq., at Bruner Wright, P.A. is the Debtor's
legal counsel.

BayFirst National Bank, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Douglas A. Bates, Esq.
   Clark Partington
   125 East Intendencia Street, 4th Floor
   Pensacola, FL 32502
   Phone: (850) 434-9200
   Fax: (850) 432-7340
   dbates@clarkpartington.com


FUTURE FINTECH: Wealth Index Capital Takes 48% Stake, Gains Control
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Future FinTech Group Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that the Company issued
an aggregate of 15,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock,
par value $0.001 per share, to certain purchasers pursuant to a
securities purchase agreement, dated July 24, 2024 (the "Equity
SPA") by and among the Company and such purchasers.

On September 16, 2025, the Company also issued 60,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock to an investor pursuant to a Pre-Paid
Securities Purchase Agreement dated July 28, 2025 (the "Pre-Paid
SPA") and related transaction agreements by and between the Company
and such Investor.

The Equity SPA, the Pre-Paid SPA, and the transactions contemplated
thereunder, respectively, were previously reported on the Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission on July 31, 2025, and the consummation of such
transactions was approved by the shareholders of the Company in a
special meeting. As of September 17, 2025, the Company's
outstanding common stock is 18,708,311 shares.

Accordingly, a change of control of the Company occurred on
September 16, 2025. As disclosed, on that date the Company issued
9,000,000 shares of its common stock to Wealth Index Capital
Limited at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, for an aggregate of
$18,000,000, pursuant to the Equity SPA. The shares were acquired
by WICL using its working capital.

As a result of the issuance of shares, WICL owns approximately
48.107% of the Company's 18,708,311 outstanding shares of common
stock. WICL is wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Shanchun Huang as
its sole member. Accordingly, Mr. Huang is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of the 9,000,000 shares of common stock acquired
by WICL pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934. Prior to the issuance of shares, the Company's largest
shareholder was Mr. Zeyao Xue, who beneficially owned approximately
12.6% of the 3,450,770 shares of Company's outstanding common stock
as of July 23, 2025.

Except as disclosed herein, there are no arrangements known to the
Company among members of both the former and new control groups and
their associates with respect to election of directors or other
matters which may at a subsequent date result in a further change
in control of the Company.

                    About Future FinTech Group

New York, N.Y.-based Future FinTech Group Inc. is a holding company
incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida. The Company
historically engaged in the production and sale of fruit juice
concentrates (including fruit purees and fruit juices) and fruit
beverages (including fruit juice beverages and fruit cider
beverages) in the PRC. Due to drastically increased production
costs and tightened environmental laws in China, the Company
transformed its business from fruit juice manufacturing and
distribution to financial technology-related service businesses.
The main business of the Company includes supply chain financing
services and trading in China, asset management business in Hong
Kong, and cross-border money transfer service in the UK.

Orange, Calif.-based Fortune CPA, Inc., the Company's auditor since
2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
April 15, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the Company
has suffered losses from operations. Therefore, the Company has
stated substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is
dependent upon its ability to successfully execute its new business
strategy and eventually attain profitable operations.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Company had $25.9 million in total assets,
$13.3 million in total liabilities, and a total stockholders'
equity of $12.6 million.


GENESIS HEALTHCARE: Secures Reprieve at Alabama Care Facility
-------------------------------------------------------------
Hilary Russ of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that on Monday,
September 29, 2025, a Texas bankruptcy judge granted Genesis
Healthcare Inc. up to 15 additional days to address problems at an
Alabama skilled nursing facility that federal authorities have
sought to close.

The Troubled Company Reporter, citing Soma Biswas of The Wall
Street Journal, previously reported that Genesis Healthcare has
been ordered by federal and state regulators to shut down one of
its 175 nursing homes, an uncommon step in bankruptcy cases
involving healthcare providers. The order applies to Magnolia Ridge
in Glendale, Alabama, where more than 100 residents must be
transferred to other facilities.

The directive came from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services (CMS) and the Alabama Department of Health, which gave
Genesis 30 days to complete the transfers, attorney Dan Simon told
a bankruptcy court on Monday, September 15, 2025. Regulators had
first informed the company in March of their plans to close
Magnolia Ridge, signaling the move had been under consideration
for
months.

Government agencies generally try to prevent the closure of
healthcare facilities, often supplying financial support to keep
them operating. But Genesis had been under heavy strain from
healthcare-negligence and wrongful-death lawsuits even before its
July bankruptcy, facing $8 million in monthly litigation and
settlement costs, according to The Wall Street Journal.

Bankruptcy Judge Stacey Jernigan questioned the regulators'
decision, especially since a patient-care ombudsman recently
reported that Magnolia Ridge was delivering adequate care.
However,
lawyers representing hundreds of residents argued otherwise,
pointing to CMS's consistently low ratings for the
facility—just
one out of five stars for several years—and staffing levels
that
fell below national standards, the report states.

Genesis said it disagrees with the closure order and intends to
challenge it, though the company will follow the requirement to
relocate residents. The dispute unfolds as Genesis pursues a
restructuring plan, with an affiliate of current owner Joel Landau
named as the lead bidder in an upcoming auction, a move opposed by
groups of tort claimants.

                About Genesis Healthcare Inc.

Genesis Healthcare Inc. is a Medical Group, based in Culver City,
CA. The medical group, which has also operated under the names
Daehan Prospect Medical Group and Prospect Genesis Healthcare,
provides physician services in Southern California.

Genesis Healthcare Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case 25-80185) on July 9, 2025.
In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 billion and $10 billion each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Stacey G. Jernigan handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Marcus Alan Helt, Esq. at Mcdermott
Will & Emery LLP.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 11 appointed Michael Bubman of BFW, LLC
and Sunset-Herman-Frankel-Fleishman, LLC and Peter Gudaitis of
Aculabs, Inc., as additional members of the official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 cases of Genesis Healthcare
Inc. and affiliates.

The Committee retained Proskauer Rose LLP and Stinson LLP as its
co-counsel.


GETTY IMAGES: S&P Affirms 'B+' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Neg.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its ratings on Getty Images Inc.,
including the 'B+' issuer rating and 'BB-' rating on the senior
secured debt, and removed them from CreditWatch, where it placed
them with positive implications on Jan. 31, 2025.

The negative outlook reflects S&P's expectation for lower ratings
if credit metrics do not improve post-merger likely because of
integration issues or cost overruns. It also reflects its
expectation for weaker cash flow due to higher costs in the first
year.

Getty Images Inc. announced it will borrow $628 million of
first-lien senior secured notes, pari passu with existing
first-lien debt, to complete its merger with Shutterstock.
Significant headwinds from merger-related, litigation, and
refinancing costs have pressured Getty's profitability and cash
flow this year, which weakened credit metrics beyond what S&P
anticipated including leverage of about 6x that is above our
downgrade threshold of 5x.

While S&P believes the merger will improve Getty's scale and
enhance its business, recent results indicate it will take longer
for credit metrics to improve.

S&P said, "Our rating action reflects weaker than initially
expected credit metrics. Significant headwinds this year with
litigation and merger costs have affected performance, along with a
$80 million foreign exchange headwind and costs tied to its term
loan refinancing that squeezed cash flow. As of the second quarter
of 2025, S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin declined to 25%
from 32% at year-end 2024 and leverage exceeded our downside of 5x.
While many of these were one-time costs that should roll off, we
now expect credit metrics will be pressured for the year as it
works through the merger. Getty is exchanging its senior unsecured
notes at 14%, which could significantly increase its interest
costs. The incremental first-lien senior secured debt further
exacerbates borrowing costs pressures on cash flow. We forecast
this will result in free operating cash flow (FOCF) to debt in the
mid- to high-single-digit percent area post-merger, compared with
our previous expectation of the low-teens. Should subsequent
quarterly results indicate delays in the realization of synergies
or weaker operating performance lead us to believe FOCF to debt
will not recover when we anticipated, we could lower the rating.

"Getty will realize significant synergies from the merger, but
integration risks remain. We believe Getty has a good operating
track record despite significant impacts to profitability in the
first half of 2025. Over the years, the company has transitioned to
a subscription-based model and sustained margins above 30% even
amid the Hollywood strikes. We believe higher EBITDA after merging
with Shutterstock will improve S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage
to the high-3x area by year-end in 2026, with further improvements
thereafter largely stemming from forecast synergies. We previously
anticipated Getty's starting leverage of about 3.5x. The company
has a history of integrating acquisitions, including Unsplash and
iStock. However, we believe integration risks will be more
pronounced as the merger is considerably larger than Getty's
previous acquisitions."

Generative AI creates challenges and opportunities. The rise of Gen
AI has brought with it a slew of providers that offer image
generation, from larger companies such as Adobe to smaller
providers, further fragmenting the industry. Additionally, the
ongoing litigation has raised concerns around global legislation
and copyright law. To mitigate some of this, Getty has taken steps
to integrate AI into its offerings. Its vast library of content and
data provide customers with commercially safe AI models. S&P
believes this allows a competitive edge and for cross-selling
opportunities for meaningful credit enhancement longer-term.

The negative outlook on Getty reflects the potential for weaker
performance that results in a decline in credit metrics.

S&P could downgrade Getty if:

-- It faces merger integration issues, cost overruns, and
salesforce disruption that could hinder the company's ability to
achieve projected synergies; and

-- EBITDA declines such that leverage increases above 5x area for
a sustained period or FOCF remains below the mid-single-digit
percents.

S&P could revise the outlook on Getty to stable if it completes the
Shutterstock merger and realizes projected synergies, leading to:

-- Sustained leverage below 4x and FOCF to debt in the
high-single-digit percents. This would entail good organic revenue
growth, increased market share and subscription revenue, and
maintaining healthy profit margins; and

-- A conservative financial policy by not making large,
debt-financed dividends, share repurchases, or large acquisitions.



HARVEST MIDSTREAM I: Fitch Affirms BB- LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Harvest Midstream I, L.P.'s (HMI)
Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'BB-' and senior unsecured
notes at 'BB-' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR4'. The Rating Outlook
is Stable.

The ratings reflect a diversified asset portfolio, stable cash
flows and affiliate relationship. These are offset by higher
leverage, reliance on acquisitions for growth, volumetric risk,
increasing commodity price exposure, and concentrated counterparty
exposure.

Fitch views HMI's Rockies acquisition as rating-neutral. The
transaction will increase the size and scale, further diversify the
company's asset base and reduce counterparty concentration.
However, rating headroom could significantly narrow, as Fitch
anticipates 2026 leverage to approach the high end of the band.

Key Rating Drivers

Rockies Acquisition: Fitch expects stronger cash flow resilience
following the acquisition, which will increase the size and scale,
rebalance the commodity mix, and reduce reliance on the major
counterparty. The Uinta and Green River assets are expected to
generate substantial cash flow with limited near-term expansion
needs. Post-transaction, HMI's asset portfolio will have a more
balanced exposure to oil and natural gas, a notable shift from its
recent oil-heavy mix. Fitch views higher natural gas exposure
positively, reflecting the commodity's recovery from 2024 lows and
structurally rising demand given its role in the energy
transition.

Fitch anticipates the exposure to Hilcorp Energy I, L.P. (unrated)
will decline to below 40% of net revenues following the
acquisition, reflecting Hilcorp's limited role as a customer of the
acquired assets. Counterparty credit quality is largely unchanged,
with primary customers being unrated local private producers that
Fitch views as high yield. Contracts are predominantly
life-of-lease or evergreen with acreage dedication.

Acquisitions Elevating Leverage: Fitch anticipates leverage to
approach 4.5x in 2026, assuming the Rockies acquisition is fully
debt-funded. HMI's leverage has significantly increased since 2022
following a series of debt-funded acquisitions. HMI has relied on
acquisitions to increase its modest size and scale, partially due
to the partnership's substantial presence in mature or lower-growth
basins. While HMI's active acquisition program has accelerated
portfolio diversification and supported cash flow stability, the
pace and funding of recent transactions have increased financial
risk. The dispersed nature of assets could also limit integration
synergies and scale benefits.

Modest leverage is critical to the rating given HMI's acquisitive
strategy, customer concentration, as well as volumetric and
commodity price exposure. The portfolio should generate meaningful
free cash flows for debt reduction over the forecast period,
however, if commodity prices do not remain supportive, HMI may not
achieve the deleveraging goal. Fitch expects the path back to
management's target net leverage range of 3.0x-3.5x will reflect
disciplined capital allocation and strong operational execution.
Further debt-funded major acquisitions or significant unplanned
organic growth projects before leverage normalizes could pressure
the profile.

Diversified Portfolio: Fitch views HMI's diversification as
supportive of credit quality. In 2024, strong performance in Alaska
and Four Corners offset softer performance in other regions. HMI is
one of the few mid-sized operators in the capital-intensive
midstream sector with a well-diversified portfolio. Diversification
across regions, services and commodities have supported stable cash
flow through varying market conditions. Pro forma for the Rockies
acquisition, HMI will operate across six distinct locations exposed
to differing basin production fundamental and market dynamics.

Volumetric Risk: Volumetric risk prevails in HMI's contract
framework, given limited volume assurances. This risk is inherently
alleviated by mature basin's low production decline, although
significant development in unconventional wells, such as Mancos in
the San Juan Basin, could increase the rate. Larger volume declines
in recent years mainly stem from some contract expirations and
producers permitting issues, which Fitch does not anticipate
continuing. HMI is mitigating the volumetric risk by adding volume
assurance to some new contracts. In addition, Alaska's
cost-of-service contracts provides downside protection by allowing
tariff adjustment in response to volume fluctuation.

Commodity Price Exposure: HMI's commodity price exposure has
increased in recent years as marketing and non-fee-based revenue
accounted for about 30% of HMI's 2Q25 LTM net revenue, up from
about 24% in 2024. Expansion of the crude marketing business in
Texas and Louisiana has increased exposure to price spreads.
Rockies revenues, though largely fixed-fee, will add further
exposure to keep-whole margins driven by the spread between natural
gas and natural gas liquids prices. While 2024 Four Corners
performance benefitted from higher keep-whole margins, Fitch
expects the margins to narrow in the near to medium term as natural
gas prices rise.

Affiliate Relationship: HMI's risk profile remains tied to its E&P
affiliate, Hilcorp, which is expected to account for less than 40%
of net revenues after the Rockies acquisition. Acquisitions and
organic growth have steadily diluted Hilcorp's contribution over
time. Hilcorp, the largest privately held oil and gas producer in
the U.S., shares common ownership with HMI under Mr. Jeffery
Hildebrand. HMI's operations are strategically important to
Hilcorp's production in the Alaska and Four Corners regions. Fitch
expects continued operational alignment between the two companies
as HMI diversifies its customer base and pursues third-party
growth.

Peer Analysis

Howard Midstream Energy Partners, LLC (Howard; BB-/Stable) serves
as a comparable peer to HMI due to its geographic diversification.

Howard's assets are located in South Texas, the Texas Gulf Coast,
Oklahoma and Pennsylvania. Compared to HMI, Howard is smaller in
size and has lower commodity price exposure, as over 90% of its
EBITDA are generated from fixed-fee contracts. While 40%-50% of
Howard's EBITDA are supported by take-or-pay contracts, HMI
benefits from higher diversification and cost-of-service contract.

Howard's leverage is expected to remain in the mid-to-low 4.0x
range, largely in line with HMI's after 2026. Howard has a
long-term net leverage target of below 4.0x compared to HMI's
commitment to a leverage of 3.0x-3.5x.

HMI and Howard are rated the same primarily because Howard's lower
commodity price risk is balanced by its smaller size.

Key Assumptions

- Fitch price deck for West Texas Intermediate (WTI) oil price of
$65 per barrel (bbl) in 2025, $60/bbl in 2026-2027, and $57/bbl
thereafter;

- Fitch price deck for Henry Hub prices of $3.40 per thousand cubic
feet (mcf) in 2025, $3.50/mcf in 2026, $3.00/mcf in 2027, and
$2.75/mcf thereafter;

- Base interest rates applicable to the partnership's outstanding
variable rate-debt obligations reflect the Fitch Global Economic
Outlook.

- 2025 capex in line with management guidance;

- Fitch assumes periodic acquisition activities in the forecast
period;

- Fitch assumes that management slightly lowers distributions in
years with significant growth projects or acquisitions.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade:

- EBITDA leverage above 4.5x on a sustained basis;

- Increases in capital spending and/or funding for acquisitions
beyond Fitch's expectation, particularly if not funded with a
balance of debt and equity, resulting in negative consequences for
the credit profile;

- An event that has a material negative effect on Hilcorp's credit
profile or operations;

- Material changes to contractual arrangements and operating
practices that negatively affect HMI's cash flow or earnings
profile;

- Impairment to liquidity.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade:

- Change in the cash flow stability profile, with a greater
proportion of EBITDA derived from more prolific basins and/or
decreased volumetric and commodity price exposure;

- Meaningful improvement to counterparty credit profile and an
increase in scale, with EBITDA leverage expected to sustain below
3.5x.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

The partnership had a total liquidity of approximately $788 million
as of June 30, 2025. HMI had approximately $38 million cash on its
balance sheet and $750 million available on its $1.1 billion first
lien secured credit facility. The revolving facility includes an
$120 million sublimit for letters of credit (LC's). As of June 30,
2025, there were no outstanding LC's under the facility. The credit
facility has a maturity date of May 7, 2030.

Covenants in the credit facility permit a maximum net secured
leverage ratio of 3.50x and total leverage ratio of 5.25x. It also
requires the partnership to maintain a minimum interest coverage
ratio of 2.50x. As of June 30, 2025, HMI was in compliance with its
covenants. Fitch expects HMI to generate FCF and maintain
compliance with its covenants in the forecast period.

HMI also has an $800 million 7.5% senior unsecured note maturing on
Sept. 1, 2028 and $500 million 7.50% senior unsecured notes due on
May 15, 2032.

Issuer Profile

Harvest Midstream I, L.P. (HMI) is a Houston-based privately held
partnership with midstream assets across five distinct oil and gas
basins in the U.S. It offers a variety of midstream services for
oil, natural gas, NGL and produced water.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

Harvest Midstream I, L.P. has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Governance Structure due to related-party transactions with
affiliate companies, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other
factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                     Rating       Recovery   Prior
   -----------                     ------       --------   -----
Harvest Midstream I, L.P.    LT IDR BB- Affirmed           BB-

   senior unsecured          LT     BB- Affirmed   RR4     BB-


HELIUS MEDICAL: Acquires 760K Solana Tokens for Treasury Strategy
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Helius Medical Technologies, Inc. announced its first acquisition
of Solana tokens as part of its digital asset treasury strategy
under which the principal holding will be SOL, the native digital
asset of the Solana Blockchain. The Company now holds over 760,190
SOL, with an average cost basis of $231. The Company also holds in
excess of $335 million of cash, which it intends to use to further
the digital asset treasury strategy.

These SOL purchases underscore HSDT's commitment to the Company's
Solana treasury strategy and long-term confidence in the Solana
ecosystem.

"We are excited to embark on our SOL accumulation plan in an
efficient manner. The initial accumulation at a lower cost basis
than recent market prices, while still retaining the large majority
of its capital raised for more opportunistic purchases, showcases
how laser focused the team is on maximizing shareholder value by
having market awareness and being responsible stewards of capital,"
said Cosmo Jiang, Board Observer at HSDT and General Partner at
Pantera Capital.

"It has been gratifying to receive shows of support from multiple
stakeholders across the Solana ecosystem, including staking
providers, DeFi protocols and others. We take our responsibility to
maximize shareholder value seriously and are eager to execute
against our plan," said Joseph Chee, Executive Chairman of HSDT.

Solana has historically been the fastest growing blockchain,
leading the industry in transaction revenue and processing more
than 3,500 transactions per second. The network is also the most
widely adopted, averaging about 3.7 million daily active wallets
and surpassing 23 billion transactions year to date. SOL is
financially productive by design, offering a ~7% native staking
yield, whereas assets like BTC are non-yield-bearing. As an
independent treasury company, HSDT's mission is to support the
growth and security of tokenized networks by serving as a long-term
holder of $SOL, in addition to continuing the development of its
neurotech and medical device operations.

                       About Helius Medical

Headquartered in Newtown, Pennsylvania, Helius Medical
Technologies, Inc. (www.heliusmedical.com) is a neurotechnology
company dedicated to neurological wellness. The Company's mission
is to develop, license, or acquire non-implantable technologies
aimed at reducing the symptoms of neurological disease or trauma.
Its flagship product, the Portable Neuromodulation Stimulator
(PoNS), is an innovative, non-implantable medical device consisting
of a controller and a mouthpiece that delivers mild electrical
stimulation to the surface of the tongue, offering treatment for
gait deficits and chronic balance deficits.

In its report dated March 25, 2025, the Company's auditor since
2022, Baker Tilly US, LLP, issued a "going concern" qualification,
attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2024, citing that the Company has recurring losses
from operations and an accumulated deficit, expects to incur losses
for the foreseeable future, and requires additional working
capital. These factors raise substantial doubt about their ability
to continue as a going concern.

As of March 31, 2025, Helius Medical Technologies had $3.5 million
in total assets, $2.2 million in total liabilities, and total
stockholders' equity of $1.3 million.


HELLO ALBEMARLE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 10
----------------------------------------------------------------
Hello Albemarle, LLC received another extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of New York to use cash
collateral to fund operations.

The interim order authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral
through October 10 in accordance with its budget, subject to a 10%
variance. The budget projects total operational expenses of
$117,931.09.

The Debtor's cash collateral includes cash in its operating account
and rents generated from its property in Brooklyn, N.Y., which are
subject to liens held by NY Secured Funding, LLC. NYSF's collateral
does not include avoidance actions and their proceeds.

NYSF will be provided with adequate protection in the form of
replacement liens on all assets acquired by the Debtor after its
bankruptcy filing; superpriority claims in case the replacement
liens are inadequate to protect the creditor; and the right to
credit bid its debt in any asset sale.

In the event that the Debtor's net monthly cash flow exceeds the
amounts set forth in the budget, such excess funds will be paid to
NYSF as additional protection.

The final hearing is scheduled for October 28.

                    About Hello Albemarle LLC

Creditors of Hello Albemarle, LLC filed an involuntary petition for
Chapter 11 protection against the company (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No.
23-41326) on April 19, 2023. Judge Nancy Hershey Lord oversees the
case.

Hello Albemarle is represented by Paul H. Aloe, Esq., and David N.
Saponara, Esq., at Kudman Trachten Aloe Posner, LLP.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in Hello Albemarle's Chapter 11 case.
Goldberg Weprin Finkel Goldstein, LLP serves as the committee's
legal counsel.


HIAWATHA MANOR: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to March 2, 2026
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Randal S. Mashburn of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Middle District of Tennessee extended Hiawatha Manor Association,
Inc.'s exclusive periods to file a plan of reorganization and
obtain acceptance thereof to March 2, 2026 and May 1, 2026,
respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor explains that
cause exists to grant the relief requested exists for a number of
compelling reasons. First, the Debtor continues to work toward a
successful sale of Hiawatha East and Hiawatha West, so the Debtor
may propose and confirm a plan and conclude this case.

Unfortunately, due to a variety of factors, the Sale Process
contemplated for this type of chapter 11 case necessarily takes
time because of unique factors relating to the ownership structures
and obtaining adequate notice to all parties in interest.
Nevertheless, the Sale Process is foundational to the proposal of
any successful plan in this chapter 11 case.

Second, the Debtor's purpose in seeking extension of the
Exclusivity Periods is a good-faith effort to avoid unnecessarily
kicking off a plan process prematurely and unnecessarily incurring
the added administrative costs that would coincide with such plan
process. Further, commencing the plan process ahead of the Sale
Process would put the proverbial cart before the horse, serving
only to distract from the successful pursuit of the Sale Process.

Third, given consideration to each of the foregoing, the Debtor
submits that the Extension of the Exclusivity Periods will
ultimately serve as a benefit for stakeholders as a whole.

Hiawatha Manor Association, Inc. is represented by:

     Blake D. Roth, Esq.
     C. Scott Kunde, Esq.
     Holland & Knight LLP
     511 Union Street, Suite 270
     Nashville, TN 37219
     Telephone: (615) 244-6380
     Facsimile: (615) 244-6804
     Email: Blake.Roth@hklaw.com

                      About Hiawatha Manor Association

Hiawatha Manor Association, Inc., oversees the management of the
timeshare condominiums known as Hiawatha Manor and Hiawatha Manor
I.

Hiawatha Manor Association sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 25-01916) on May
6, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported between $1 million
and $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Randal S. Mashburn handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Blake D. Roth, Esq., at Holland &
Knight, LLP.


HNO INTERNATIONAL: Reports $498,010 Net Loss in Fiscal Q3
---------------------------------------------------------
HNO International, Inc. filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q reporting a net loss
of $498,010 for the three months ended July 31, 2025, compared to a
net loss of $495,584 for the three months ended July 31, 2024.

The Company recorded no revenue for the three months ended July 31,
2025, compared to $4,241 for the same period in 2024.

For the nine months ended July 31, 2025, the Company reported a net
loss of $6.43 million, compared to a net loss of $1.57 million for
the same period in 2024.

Total revenue for the nine months ended July 31, 2025, was $43,708,
compared to $4,241 for the same period in 2024.

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at:
https://tinyurl.com/yc77phnn

                      About HNO International

Headquartered in Murrieta, California, HNO International, Inc., a
Nevada corporation, focuses on systems engineering design,
integration, and product development to generate green
hydrogen-based clean energy solutions to help businesses and
communities decarbonize in the near term.

Cypress, Texas-based Barton CPA PLLC, the Company's auditor since
2024, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 20, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended October 31, 2024, citing that the Company
has suffered recurring losses from operations that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

As of July 31, 2025, the Company had $1.51 million in total assets,
$3.07 million in total liabilities, and $1.56 million in total
stockholders' deficit.


HNO INTERNATIONAL: Revises Financials Over Stock Compensation Error
-------------------------------------------------------------------
HNO International, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that the Board of
Directors, following consultation with management, concluded that
the Company's previously issued financial statements for the fiscal
year ended October 31, 2024, and for the interim periods ended
January 31, 2025 and April 30, 2025, should no longer be relied
upon due to errors in the valuation of service stock issuances and
the related stock-based compensation expense.

The Company determined that the valuation methodology applied in
the original filings understated stock-based compensation expense.
The revised valuation increased stock-based compensation expense by
$1,108,368 for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2024, and by
$4,827,055 for the quarter ended January 31, 2025. The January 31,
2025 adjustment carried forward into the subsequent quarter ended
April 30, 2025. These non-cash adjustments resulted in
corresponding increases to additional paid-in capital and
adjustments to accumulated deficit.

The Company intends to file Amendment No. 2 to its Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2024, and Amendment
No. 1 to its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended
January 31, 2025 and April 30, 2025, to correct these errors and
update related disclosures.

The Company's management has discussed these matters with its
independent registered public accounting firm.

                      About HNO International

Headquartered in Murrieta, California, HNO International, Inc., a
Nevada corporation, focuses on systems engineering design,
integration, and product development to generate green
hydrogen-based clean energy solutions to help businesses and
communities decarbonize in the near term.

Cypress, Texas-based Barton CPA PLLC, the Company's auditor since
2024, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 20, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended October 31, 2024, citing that the Company
has suffered recurring losses from operations that raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.

As of July 31, 2025, the Company had $1.51 million in total assets,
$3.07 million in total liabilities, and $1.56 million in total
stockholders' deficit.


HOOTERS OF AMERICA: Court Confirms Chapter 11 Reorganization Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Alex Wolf of Bloomberg Law reports that Hooters of America LLC won
confirmation of its Chapter 11 reorganization plan, paving the way
for the restaurant chain to transition fully into a franchise-only
model.

Approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District
of Texas on Tuesday, September 30, 2025, ensures that all
company-owned restaurants will shift to franchisee ownership,
according to the report. Among the buyers are a group that includes
Hooters' original founders, who plan to acquire a majority of the
151 locations and reshape the brand with a more family-friendly
focus.

The court's approval came after Hooters reached a settlement with
creditor Lags Equipment LLC, which had fought to preserve a
decades-old royalty interest agreement tied to store revenues.
Under the settlement, Lags will receive $1.6 million to resolve
pre-bankruptcy claims and continue collecting 3% of revenue from
more than a dozen Hooters restaurants in South Florida. The company
also retains the right to appeal the denial of royalties from other
locations in Texas, Ohio, and Indiana. Hooters' counsel, Chris
Dickerson of Ropes & Gray LLP, told Judge Scott W. Everett the
agreement represented "a great outcome all in all," the report
states

The chain entered Chapter 11 in March as part of a pre-arranged
deal to sell itself to franchise owners and shed more than $300
million in debt. Hooters, best known for its chicken wings and
signature uniforms, has faced the same headwinds hitting other
casual dining concepts, including reduced foot traffic and rising
costs. Hooters is represented in the case by Foley & Lardner LLP,
while Lags is represented by Bradley Arant Boult Cummings LLP and
Lawson & Moshenberg PLLC. The case is In re Hooters of Am. LLC,
Bankr. N.D. Tex., No. 25-80078, with the hearing held September 30,
2025, the report relays.

               About Hooters of America

Hooters of America, LLC, owner and operator of a restaurant chain
with hundreds of locations in the United States, and its affiliates
filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 25-80078) on March
31, 2025.

Founded in 1983, the Debtors own and operate Hooters, a renowned
brand in the casual dining and sports entertainment industries.
Their global portfolio includes 151 company-owned and operated
locations and 154 franchised locations across 17 countries. Known
for their world-famous chicken wings, beverages, live sports, and
legendary hospitality, the Debtors also partner with a major food
products licensor to offer Hooters-branded frozen meals at 1,250
grocery store locations.

The case is before the Hon. Scott W Everett.

The Debtors Co-Bankruptcy Counsel are Holland N. O'Neil, Esq.,
Stephen A. Jones, Esq., and Zachary C. Zahn, Esq., at FOLEY &
LARDNER LLP, in Dallas, Texas.

The Debtors' General Bankruptcy Counsel are Ryan Preston Dahl,
Esq., at ROPES & GRAY LLP, in New York, and Chris L. Dickerson,
Esq., Rahmon J. Brown, Esq., and Michael K. Wheat, Esq., at ROPES &
GRAY LLP, in Chicago, Illinois. The Debtors' Investment Banker is
SOLIC CAPITAL, LLC.  The Debtors' Financial Advisor is ACCORDION
PARTNERS, LLC.

The Debtors' Notice, Claims, Solicitation & Balloting Agent is
KROLL RESTRUCTURING ADMINISTRATION LLC.


HYPERSCALE DATA: Declares Special Dividend of 20M Class B Shares
----------------------------------------------------------------
Hyperscale Data, Inc. announced that it plans to issue a special
one-time dividend of 20,000,000 shares of its Class B Common Stock
to all holders of its Common Stock and its Class B Common Stock as
well as its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock
and Series H Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis.

The record date for the Distribution is October 6, 2025.

Stockholders who own the Company's Common Stock and Preferred Stock
at the close of trading on that date will be eligible to receive
the Issuable Shares. Further, the Company has set a payment date of
October 31, 2025, subject to adjustment.

As of September 19, 2025, the Company had 68,138,668 shares of
Class A Common Stock outstanding, 4,989,330 shares of Class B
Common Stock outstanding and approximately 154,852,189 Class A
Common Stock equivalents, based on the current conversion price of
the four series of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding without
regard to conversion limitations set forth in their certificates of
designation, for an aggregate of approximately 227,980,533 shares
of Eligible Capital Stock, with the number of Issuable Shares
distributable to holders of the Class A Common Stock being
5,977,618 such shares.

Consequently, the number of Issuable Shares is currently
approximately 0.0877268 for each share of Eligible Capital Stock.
However, the Company anticipates that additional shares of Eligible
Capital Stock will be issued prior to the Record Date, which would
reduce the Payment Ratio.

There is currently no public trading market for the Class B Common
Stock. While the Company may seek to have the Class B Common Stock
listed for trading on the NYSE American within the foreseeable
future, there can be no assurance when, or if, such a listing will
occur. The CUSIP number of the Class B Common Stock is 09175M 606.

The Class B Common Stock is identical to the currently outstanding
Class A Common Stock, with the exception that each share thereof
carries ten (10) times the voting power of a share of Class A
Common Stock. The Class B Common Stock is convertible at any time
after the payment date into Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one
basis. The Company will pay holders of the Eligible Capital Stock
cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares of Class B Common Stock.
The Distribution has been approved by the NYSE American.

Stockholders should refer to the Company's official announcements
or consult their financial advisors for more information about the
specifics of the Distribution.

For more information on Hyperscale Data and its subsidiaries,
Hyperscale Data recommends that stockholders, investors, and any
other interested parties read Hyperscale Data's public filings and
press releases available under the Investor Relations section at
https://hyperscaledata.com/ or available at www.sec.gov.

                       About Hyperscale Data

Headquartered in Las Vegas, Nevada, Hyperscale Data, Inc., formerly
known as Ault Alliance, Inc., is transitioning from a diversified
holding company pursuing growth by acquiring undervalued businesses
and disruptive technologies with a global impact to becoming solely
an owner and operator of data centers to support high performance
computing services. Through its wholly and majority-owned
subsidiaries and strategic investments, Hyperscale Data owns and
operates a data center at which it mines digital assets and offers
colocation and hosting services for the emerging artificial
intelligence ecosystems and other industries. It also provides,
through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ault Capital Group, Inc.,
mission-critical products that support a diverse range of
industries, including an artificial intelligence software platform,
social gaming platform, equipment rental services,
defense/aerospace, industrial, automotive, medical/biopharma and
hotel operations. In addition, Hyperscale Data is actively engaged
in private credit and structured finance through a licensed lending
subsidiary.

New York, N.Y.-based Marcum LLP, the Company's auditor since 2016,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated April
15, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, citing that the Company has a
significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant
losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations
and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $213.50 million in total
assets, $205.60 million in total liabilities, and $7.90 million in
total stockholders' equity.


IMERYS TALC: Court Sets New Chapter 11 Plan Hearing for Feb. 2026
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that on Monday,
September 29, 2025, a Texas bankruptcy judge scheduled a February
hearing to consider Imerys Talc America and Cyprus Mines Corp.’s
revised Chapter 11 plan, which proposes merging the Imerys entities
and altering the treatment of international talc claims.

                About Imerys Talc America

Imerys Talc America, Inc. and its subsidiaries --
https://www.imerys-performance-additives.com/ -- are in the
business of mining, processing, selling and distributing talc. Its
talc operations include talc mines, plants and distribution
facilities located in Montana (Yellowstone, Sappington, and Three
Forks); Vermont (Argonaut and Ludlow); Texas (Houston); and
Ontario, Canada (Timmins, Penhorwood, and Foleyet). It also
utilizes offices located in San Jose, Calif., and Roswell, Ga.

Imerys Talc America and its subsidiaries, Imerys Talc Vermont,
Inc., and Imerys Talc Canada Inc., sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 19-10289) on Feb. 13, 2019.
TheDebtors were estimated to have $100 million to $500 million in
assets and $50 million to $100 million in liabilities as of the
bankruptcy filing.

Judge Laurie Selber Silverstein oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A., and Latham &
Watkins LLP as their legal counsel, Alvarez & Marsal North America,
LLC as financial advisor, and CohnReznick LLP as restructuring
advisor. Prime Clerk, LLC, is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee of
tort claimants in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The tort
claimants' committee is represented by Robinson & Cole, LLP.


J.C.C.M. PROPERTIES: Plan Exclusivity Extended to Jan. 9, 2026
--------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Paul Baisier of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern
District of Georgia extended J.C.C.M. Properties, Inc.'s exclusive
periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance
thereof to January 9, 2026 and March 10, 2026, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor explains that it
is presently working to negotiate a plan of reorganization with its
creditors, but the Debtor requires additional time to allow its
operations to stabilize now that it has been given the breathing
room afforded by the automatic stay. Debtor is currently litigating
the Judgment in the Lawsuit and requires additional time for the
liquidation of those claims before proposing a plan of
reorganization.

The Debtor claims that it seeks an extension to the Exclusivity
Periods to preclude the costly disruption and instability that
would occur if competing plans were proposed.

The Debtor asserts that its request for an extension will not
unfairly prejudice or pressure its creditor constituencies or grant
the Debtor any unfair bargaining leverage. The Debtor needs
creditor support to confirm any plan, so the Debtor is in no
position to impose or pressure its creditors to accept unwelcome
plan terms. The Debtor seeks an extension of the Exclusivity
Periods to advance the case and continue good faith negotiations
with its stakeholders.

J.C.C.M. Properties Inc. is represented by:

      William A. Rountree, Esq.
      Rountree, Leitman, Klein & Geer, LLC
      Century I Plaza
      2987 Clairmont Road, Suite 350
      Atlanta, GA 30329
      Tel: (404) 584-1238
      Email: wrountree@rlkglaw.com

                      About J.C.C.M. Properties

J.C.C.M. Properties Inc. leases real estate, with its main assets
situated at 1585 Crater Lake in Kennesaw, Georgia.

J.C.C.M. Properties sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-55412) on May 14,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor estimated liabilities between $1
million and $10 million and estimated liabilities between $50
million to $100 million.

Judge Paul Baisier oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Will Geer, Esq., at Rountree Leitman
Klein & Geer, LLC.


KC 117: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-----------------------------------------
Debtor: KC 117, LLC
        5712 Donna Ave.
        Tarzana CA 91356

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 29, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 25-11802

Debtor's Counsel: Shai Oved, Esq.
                  THE LAW OFFICES OF SHAI OVED
                  7445 Topanga Cyn Blvd, Ste 220
                  Canoga Park CA 91303
                  Tel: 818-992-6588
                  E-mail: ssoesq@aol.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $0 to $50,000

The petition was signed by Tom Efrati as authorized agent.

The Debtor filed a list of its 20 largest unsecured creditors, but
all entries were left blank.

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/4YAPP6Y/KC_117_LLC__cacbke-25-11802__0005.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free
onPacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/JDMS37Y/KC_117_LLC__cacbke-25-11802__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


LASEN INC: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to December 8
---------------------------------------------------------
Lasen, Inc. and SkySkopes, Inc. asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Arizona to extend their exclusivity periods to file
a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to December
8, 2025 and February 6, 2026 for Lasen's plan, and December 9, 2025
and February 6, 2026 for SkySkopes' plan.

The Debtors explain that this case is more complex as it involves
two companies with a certain degree of interconnectedness. The
precipitating factor for the bankruptcies was the interruption of
cash flow due to the over-reaching of a creditor who contacted
customers demanding direct payments.

Also, there have been significant challenges facing the debtor as
many people with the most institutional knowledge in the matter
have resigned or otherwise left the Debtors' employ. There are a
number of pending state and federal court cases in which the
Debtors are named defendants.

The Debtors claim that they have made good faith progress in their
Chapter 11 cases. The Debtors have negotiated use of cash
collateral agreements to continue operations. The Debtors have
streamlined operations and downsized personnel. A Chief
Restructuring Officer has recently been appointed for the Debtors.
The Debtors have been working with vendors and suppliers to
continue to provide services.

The Debtors assert that an examiner has recently been appointed in
the SkySkopes matter and that examiner needs sufficient time to
acquire information to prepare a report for the Court. Similarly,
the Unsecured Creditors' Committee in SkySkopes has recently been
appointed and needs time to gather information. The substance of
both the examiner's report and negotiations with the creditors'
committee will have a sufficient impact on the plans of
reorganizations by the Debtors.

The Debtors further assert that they have generally been paying its
debts as they come due but continue to work with some creditors on
timing and amounts of payments. The Debtor's ability to make timely
payments has been hampered by the slow payment of certain
customers. The recent appointment of a Chief Restructuring Officer
is expected to assist in facilitating collecting these delinquent
payments.

The Debtors note that they do have a pathway to a viable plan of
reorganization as the nature of the work provided by the Debtors is
still in demand, the intellectual property owned by the Debtors is
also a valuable asset, and a sale of SkySkopes is still being
considered (subject to court approval).

Counsel to the Debtors:

     Randy Nussbaum, Esq.
     The Cavanagh Law Firm, PA
     1850 North Central Avenue, Suite 1900
     Phoenix, AZ 85004
     Telephone: (602) 322-4000
     Facsimile: (602) 322-4100
     Email: rnussbaum@cavanaghlaw.com

                           About Lasen Inc.

Lasen Inc. develops and operates airborne LiDAR systems for leak
detection and pipeline inspections across North America. Its
proprietary Airborne LiDAR Pipeline Inspection System (ALPIS)
identifies methane leaks with high accuracy and efficiency,
supporting right-of-way and transmission line monitoring. Founded
in 1989, LaSen has inspected over 500,000 miles of pipeline and
specializes in remote sensing technologies adapted from U.S.
defense applications.

Lasen Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 25-05316) on June 11, 2025.  In its
petition, the Debtor reported between $1 million and $10 million in
assets and liabilities.

Bankruptcy Judge Brenda K. Martin handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Randy Nussbaum, Esq., at The Cavanagh
Law Firm, P.A.


LEES EARNED: Brian Rothschild Named Subchapter V Trustee
--------------------------------------------------------
The Acting U.S. Trustee for Region 19 appointed Brian M. Rothschild
at Parsons Behle & Latimer as Subchapter V trustee for Lees Earned
Portfolio, LLC.

Mr. Rothschild will be paid an hourly fee of $500 for his services
as Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Rothschild declared that he is a disinterested person according
to Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Brian M. Rothschild
     PARSONS BEHLE & LATIMER
     201 South Main Street, Suite 1800
     Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
     Telephone: 801.532.1234
     Facsimile: 801.536.6111
     Email: BRothschild@parsonsbehle.com
            ECF@parsonsbehle.com

                 About Lees Earned Portfolio LLC

Lees Earned Portfolio, LLC owns and manages real estate properties,
including residential and non-residential assets, and leases them
to tenants, operating within the real estate rental and property
management sector.

Lees Earned Portfolio filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter
V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Utah Case No. 25-25578) on
September 18, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets and liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Peggy Hunt handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Geoffrey L. Chesnut, Esq., at Red Rock
Legal Services, PLLC.


LIBERTY ENTERPRISES: S&P Assigns 'B-' LT ICR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B-' long-term issuer credit rating
to Liberty Enterprises LLC (dba The Liberty Co.).

At the same time, S&P assigned its 'B-' issue rating and '3'
recovery rating to the proposed $425 million first-lien term loan
due 2032.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation for Liberty's credit
profile to remain in line with its rating over the next 12 months
as robust growth is balanced against periodic debt issuances.

Liberty seeks to issue new debt in the syndicated market to pay
down existing debt, fund a distribution to members, and fund
upcoming acquisitions and producer hires.

S&P's 'B-' rating reflects Liberty's relatively small size and
narrow focus within the highly fragmented and competitive U.S.
insurance brokerage industry. Liberty generated total reported
revenue of $205 million for the 12 months ended June 30, 2025,
making it one of the smallest companies among rated peers. The
company also has meaningful geographic concentration, with three
states representing 70% of total revenue. In our view, these
factors make Liberty more susceptible to volatility, adverse
trends, and competitive industry pressures."

That said, Liberty has significantly developed its scale and
diversification over the past few years, largely driven by
strategic mergers and acquisitions (M&A). For instance, in 2021,
just one state represented 70% of total revenue, which was roughly
$53 million at the time.

While geographic concentration remains, the company has maintained
solid margins and minimal carrier, client, and producer
concentrations while achieving substantial growth. Liberty also
benefits from a solid product mix across commercial
property/casualty (P/C), personal lines, and employee benefits
(EB), and has a growing wholesale and managing general agent (MGA)
specialty business.

S&P's base case sees the company continuing to grow and enhance its
business profile. However, it expects Liberty's scale, geographic
spread, and overall market position to remain on the weaker end of
its rated peer set, constraining its view of the company's business
risk.

S&P expects Liberty to sustain robust top-line momentum through
2026, supported by healthy organic growth and an active M&A
pipeline. The company has achieved a substantial compound annual
revenue growth rate of 66% from 2020 through 2024. Along with
M&A-driven contributions, this performance reflects strong organic
growth stemming from solid new business generation and steady
client retention trends.

Notably, Liberty's ability to attract and retain high-performing
producers has been key to sustaining its healthy organic growth
engine. The company attributes this to its entrepreneurial sales
culture, equity ownership opportunities, and other supportive
programs and systems that appeal to growth-oriented producers. For
instance, the company's more recently hired producers drove roughly
half of the 15% organic growth posted for the 12 months ended June
30, 2025.

This entrepreneurial focus also underpins the company's approach to
M&A, as Liberty targets and attracts like-minded firms that are
aligned with and contribute to its culture. Furthermore, many of
these are structured as partnerships, with acquired firms (or
partners) retaining a 20%-30% equity stake. In addition to aligning
financial interests, this approach allows for Liberty's partners to
maintain some autonomy while still being able to leverage the
company's broader resources and capabilities.

S&P said, "Considering these demonstrated growth drivers and the
company's healthy pipeline of M&A and producer hires, we expect
strong broad-based performance, including yearly organic growth of
10%-15% through 2026 that will be led by Liberty's commercial P/C
and EB segments. While some softening rate conditions could drag on
the P/C business, we believe continued execution on recruitment and
partnerships will more than offset these headwinds.

"We expect relatively lighter contributions to overall revenue
growth from Liberty's personal lines and specialty segments, but
these should nevertheless grow at a healthy pace and, importantly,
enhance cross-sell opportunities. Additionally, while we expect the
company's emerging specialty operations to remain a fairly small
part of the business in the near term, we think this segment could
provide strategic benefits over time by broadening reach across the
insurance distribution value chain and allowing Liberty to capture
a larger share of aggregate commission dollars.

"We believe Liberty has developed a scalable platform that
positions it well to achieve substantial growth alongside solid
margin expansion. For the 12 months ended June 30, 2025, the
company's S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA margin was about 25%,
fairly stable versus the prior year and broadly consistent with
that of its rated peers. We partly attribute this trend to elevated
expenses and adjustments related to M&A and producer hires, which
we do not add back in our calculation of EBITDA.

"Notably, however, we also think these flat margins suggest that
Liberty has yet to fully realize the operating leverage benefits
from its substantial internal investments in 2023. In that year,
the company paused M&A to focus on infrastructure and process
enhancements, effectively building up greater capacity to absorb
the increased scale tied to its growth objectives.

"Liberty has since resumed M&A activity, having completed five
deals in 2024 and eight so far in 2025. Coupled with ongoing
producer recruitment, we think these scaling initiatives will
gradually translate into margin expansion as newer partners and
hires ramp up and contribute revenues that flow through earnings
with relatively minimal incremental cost.

"That being said, we believe integration and sustained execution
across a larger footprint will remain key risks. Liberty has
developed a streamlined process to fully onboard new partners
within 90 days, but we think this integration capacity could be
challenged by the expected pace of elevated M&A activity over the
next 12-18 months.

"Still, our base case sees margins trending favorably and
approaching 27% through 2026. We anticipate costs related to M&A,
producer hires, and other ongoing investments will remain a modest
pressure to earnings. However, we expect these to be more than
offset as the company scales and benefits from the natural
operating leverage embedded in the platform from its prior
investments.

"Earnings growth should support solid improvements to credit
measures, but continued debt-funded expansion limits the likelihood
for sustained and material deleveraging. Liberty is seeking to
issue a new $425 million first-lien term loan due 2032. We expect
proceeds will be used to repay about $278 million of existing debt,
fund a $75 million distribution to members, and support its
pipeline of producer hires and acquisitions, including those under
letters of intent (LOI).

"Pro forma the proposed transaction and annualized impact of recent
M&A and deals under LOI, we estimate S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage of 8.8x and EBITDA interest coverage of about 1.6x (based
on annualized interest and SOFR as of the end of the second
quarter).

"Unlike many of its similarly rated peers, Liberty does not have
any financial-sponsor ownership and is fully owned by its employees
and management, with the CEO holding a significant majority of
ownership. We think this allows for better flexibility around
growth pacing and capital allocation, but we still anticipate
regular incremental borrowings to support the company's expansion
plans.

"In our base case, we expect earnings growth to drive solid
improvements to credit metrics, including leverage nearing the
low-7x area by year-end 2026. However, as total debt levels rise to
help finance this growth, we see limited potential for leverage to
improve below 7x on a sustained basis, keeping the company's credit
profile commensurate with the current rating.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Liberty will
maintain robust performance momentum over the next 12 months,
including organic growth of 10%-12% and solid margin expansion. We
also expect Liberty to support its considerable growth plans
through ongoing debt issuances, resulting in credit metrics that
remain within the bounds of our current rating through 2026.

"We may consider a downgrade over the next 12 months if operating
performance or credit metrics deteriorate such that we expect
leverage above 10x and EBITDA interest coverage near 1x on a
sustained basis, and if we believe that the company's capital
structure is no longer sustainable." This might occur if:

-- Revenue declines due to lost market share, unfavorable new
business and client retention trends, or macroeconomic conditions
that are worse than expected;

-- Margins meaningfully contract because of operational missteps,
integration challenges, or intensified competition; or

-- The company adopts a more aggressive financial policy.

S&P said, "We may consider an upgrade over the next 12 months if we
expect Liberty to sustain leverage below 7x and EBITDA interest
coverage comfortably above 2x, combined with meaningfully enhanced
scale and diversification. This would also have to be accompanied
by a financial policy commitment to maintaining credit metrics at
these levels."



LITTLE MINT: Unsecured Creditors to Split $500K over 5 Years
------------------------------------------------------------
The Little Mint, Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of North Carolina an Amended Disclosure Statement
describing Plan of Reorganization dated September 19, 2025.

The Debtor is a North Carolina corporation, founded in 1991 and
headquartered in Mount Olive, North Carolina. The Debtor began as
one restaurant called "Andy's Cheesesteaks & Cheeseburgers".

The Debtor's owner, Kenney Moore, named the restaurant after his
two-year-old son, Andy, and cooked every burger during its first
year of operation. For two decades, Mr. Moore continued to grow the
Debtor's operations, ultimately expanding to include franchisees in
2012, when the Debtor rebranded to "Hwy55 Burgers Shakes and
Fries".

As of the Petition Date, the Debtor had 71 locations, consisting of
14 corporate-owned stores and 57 franchised stores. The stores are
located primarily throughout the Southeast, with operations in
North Carolina, South Carolina, Florida, Tennessee and Montana.
Since filing, the Debtor has closed a number of stores such that 61
stores now remain. Of the remaining stores, 11 are corporate owned
and operated and 50 are franchised stores.

The Debtor's Plan of Reorganization is based upon the Debtor's
belief that the interests of its creditors will be best served if
it is allowed to reorganize. Payments to creditors shall be made
from the proceeds of the Debtor's continued operations.

The Debtor will pay the administrative costs in full as set forth
more fully herein or upon such other mutually acceptable terms as
the parties may agree.

Any and all priority taxes due and owing to the Internal Revenue
Service, N.C. Department of Revenue, or any county or city taxing
authority shall be paid in full as set forth more fully herein. The
Debtor will treat the claims of its Johnson Breeders, Inc. and its
other secured creditors as outlined more fully herein.

Class XXII consists of General Unsecured Claims. The Debtor shall
pay the sum of $500,000.00 (the "Base Payment") to allowed General
Unsecured Claim holders in this Class over five years, payable in
quarterly installments. Payments shall commence on the later of (i)
the twenty-fifth day of the third full month following the
Effective Date or (ii) the twenty-fifth of the first full month
following the Court's resolution of all objections to claims and
continue thereafter quarterly for a total term of five years (20
quarterly payments) For feasibility purposes, the Debtor estimates
a quarterly payment amount to this Class totaling $25,000.00.

For the Debtor's operating year ending 2026 through 2030, the
Debtor will make annual payments to the General Unsecured Claims in
the amount of 25% of the Debtor's after tax annual net cash flow
less the Base Payment paid during such year. Such payment shall be
due by April 30th of the following year to allow for the tax return
to be completed.

If the Debtor experiences a Liquidity Event (defined as the sale or
change of control of all or substantially all the Debtor's assets,
business operations, or stock in a transaction agreed to or closed
by December 31, 2030), then the GUC class will receive 25% of the
net proceeds of the transaction. Net proceeds are proceeds after
costs of sale, payment of all then existing liens, post-petition
creditors of the Debtor including any unpaid administrative
expenses, and taxes, including distributions for estimated owner
level income taxes resulting from the sale transaction.

Class XXIII consists of the sole shareholder of the Debtor as
follows: Kenneth K. Moore as the 100% shareholder interest. The
equity security holder listed above shall retain his ownership
interest upon confirmation of the Plan.

The Debtor shall make payments under the Plan from revenue
generated by the continued operation of the Debtor's business.

A full-text copy of the Amended Disclosure Statement dated
September 19, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=1TFHna
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

The Little Mint Inc. is represented by:

     Rebecca Redwine Grow, Esq.
     Jason L. Hendren, Esq.
     Benjamin E.F.B. Waller, Esq.
     Lydia C. Stoney, Esq.
     Hendren, Redwine & Malone PLLC
     4600 Marriott Drive Suite 150
     Raleigh, NC 27612
     Telephone: (919) 420-7867
     Facsimile: (919) 420-0475
     Email: jhendren@hendrenmalone.com
            rredwine@hendrenmalone.com
            bwaller@hendrenmalone.com
            lstoney@hendrenmalone.com

                          About The Little Mint Inc.

The Little Mint Inc., doing business as Hwy 55 Burgers Shakes &
Fries, owns multiple Hwy 55 Burgers, Shakes & Fries restaurants.

The Little Mint Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 24-04510) on Dec. 31,
2024. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between
$1 million and $10 million and estimated liabilities between $10
million and $50 million.

Judge Joseph N. Callaway presides over the case.

Rebecca F. Redwine, Esq. of HENDREN, REDWINE & MALONE, PLLC
represents the Debtor as counsel.


LMD HOLDINGS: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to November 14
-------------------------------------------------------------
LMD Holdings, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern
District of Michigan to extend its exclusivity periods to file a
combined disclosure statement and plan to November 14, 2025.

The Debtor explains that when this case was filed, the company
anticipated that it would be able to reach agreement quickly with
its secured lenders on a liquidating process within the initial
90-day period. Debtor and its primary secured lender are in the
process of attempting to negotiate such a process, however, the
deadline to extend the time to file a motion to extend exclusivity
and the time to file a plan is due on September 24, 2025, and
Debtor is filing this motion out of an abundance of caution.

The Debtor cites that its liquidation strategy is complicated by
its relationship with a related distillery entity, which has not
yet commenced bankruptcy proceedings. Any sale or liquidation
process will likely need to be coordinated with the distillery to
maximize value for all stakeholders, and this coordination requires
additional time to structure properly.

The Debtor claims that the requested extension will provide the
Debtor with crucial additional time to: a. continue negotiations
with its primary secured lender regarding the terms of a consensual
liquidating plan or Section 363 sale process; b. coordinate with
the related distillery entity to develop a comprehensive
liquidation strategy that maximizes value; c. potentially reach
agreement with secured lenders on adequate protection or other
arrangements that would obviate the need for stay relief
litigation; and d. draft and file a confirmable plan that has the
support of major stakeholders.

The Debtor submits that the requested extension is in the best
interests of the estate and all creditors, as it will enhance the
prospects for a consensual resolution that avoids costly litigation
and maximizes recoveries through a coordinated liquidation process.


The Debtor asserts that it is not seeking this extension for
purposes of delay, but rather to facilitate a value-maximizing
resolution of this case. The additional 30 days requested
represents a reasonable period to achieve the consensus necessary
for a successful reorganization or liquidation.

The Debtor further asserts that no party will be prejudiced by the
requested extension. To the contrary, all parties will benefit from
the Debtor having adequate time to negotiate and propose a
confirmable plan that has stakeholder support.

LMD Holdings LLC is represented by:

      Robert N. Bassel, Esq.
      P.O. Box T
      Clinton, MI 49236
      Telephone: (248) 835-7683
      Email: bbassel@gmail.com

                        About LMD Holdings, LLC

LMD Holdings LLC operates Luca Mariano Distillery, a beverage
manufacturer located at 128 Letton Drive in Danville, Kentucky.

LMD Holdings LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Mich. Case No. 25-47214) on July 17,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million to $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Paul R. Hage handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Robert Bassel, Esq. at ROBERT N.
BASSEL.  


MARKIMIAN HARRIS: Wells Fargo's Automatic Stay Relief Bid Denied
----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Tamara O. Mitchell of the United States Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Alabama conditionally denied Wells Fargo
Bank, N.A.'s motion for relief from the automatic stay of Section
362 in the bankruptcy case of Markimian Adams Harris, Sr.

The issue now before the Court in this bankruptcy case is whether
Wells Fargo should be granted relief from the automatic stay as to
the Debtor's residence. Debtor opposes stay relief, not because he
disputes that he has missed payments, but because he does not
believe that Wells Fargo is the correct entity to collect the debt.
The Debtor filed his Chapter 11 case on July 7, 2025, and from the
outset he indicated on his schedules that he disputed Wells Fargo's
claim. On Schedule D, Wells Fargo is listed as a secured creditor
with a claim of $118,000. The Debtor marked the claim as
contingent, unliquidated, and disputed.

At the hearing the Debtor introduced into evidence a letter from
Wells Fargo confirming that the note is owned by Freddie Mac and
that Wells Fargo is the servicer. The Debtor acknowledged at the
hearing that he signed the note and mortgage in question, and did
not dispute that the note was payable to Wells Fargo or that Wells
Fargo was the creditor on the mortgage. The Debtor argued, however,
that Wells Fargo is not entitled to enforce the note since it is
not the owner, and there is no evidence, such as allonges or
endorsements, that Freddie Mac authorized Wells Fargo to enforce
the note.

On his schedules the Debtor valued the property at $182,500 and
listed the mortgage debt at $118,000. The note, attached to the
Proof of Claim (Claim 9-1), reflects that on June 23, 2020 the
Debtor originally borrowed $132,308. According to the Proof of
Claim itself, the total debt owed by the Debtor is $133,062.82,
with arrearage as of the petition date in the amount of
$18,299.80.10

It appears that the Debtor has equity in his home despite the fact
that the note and mortgage were not signed until 2020. The Debtor
testified that he believes he has approximately $65,000 in equity
in his home, and counsel for Wells Fargo agreed that there is
equity based on the Debtor's valuation. Wells Fargo, as the party
moving for relief from the automatic stay, has the burden to prove
a lack of equity. Counsel for Wells Fargo did not put on any
evidence regarding equity and thus this prong of Sec. 362(d)(2) has
not been established. Since Wells Fargo has not satisfied Sec.
362(d)(2)(A) regarding lack of equity, the Court need not address
Sec. 362(d)(2)(B) regarding  whether the property is necessary to
an effective reorganization. Therefore, relief from stay is due to
be denied under Bankruptcy Code Sec. 362(d)(2).

This Court finds that relief from stay is due to be conditionally
denied so long as debtor resumes and continues each month to pay
his regular mortgage payments beginning with the November 1, 2025
payment. The payments are to be made to Wells Fargo as the Debtor
has done in the past. Furthermore, the Debtor shall pay to Wells
Fargo each month beginning on November 1, 2025 the additional
amount of $200 to be applied to the arrearage.

In the event Debtor fails to remit any regular monthly payment to
Wells Fargo or fails to pay the additional amount of $200 to be
applied to the arrearage, Wells Fargo may file a pleading to renew
its Motion, and a hearing will be scheduled by subsequent notice.
Furthermore, although the Court is not addressing in this
Memorandum Opinion and Order any issue other than the request for
relief from stay, the Court determines that it is reasonable to
require Wells Fargo to, on or before December 10, 2025, produce and
file in the Court's ECF system documentation evidencing its
entitlement to enforce the note and mortgage for the Court's
review.

A status conference on the Motion shall be held on January 12,
2026, at 10:30 a.m. in Courtroom 3, Robert S. Vance Federal
Building, 1800 5th Avenue North, Birmingham, Alabama.

A copy of the Court's Memorandum Opinion and Order dated September
18, 2025, is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=EqvyFp from
PacerMonitor.com.

Markimian Adams Harris, Sr. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 25-01987) on July 7, 2025,
listing under $1 million in both assets and liabilities.  


MERIT STREET: Court Troubled by Dr. Phil's Guarantee to Friend
--------------------------------------------------------------
James Nani of Bloomberg Law reports that Dr. Phil McGraw's pledge
to personally cover a friend and creditor of Merit Street Media
Inc. sparked unease from Judge Scott W. Everett, who is deciding
whether the company's bankruptcy should be dismissed or converted.


The concerns surfaced Monday, September 29, 2025, during closing
arguments in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of
Texas, where Merit Street spent more than a week defending the
legitimacy of its Chapter 11 case against objections from Trinity
Broadcasting Network of Texas Inc. and Professional Bull Riders
LLC.

The Troubled Company Reporter, citing Becky Yerak of The Wall
Street Journal, previously reported that television host Phil "Dr.
Phil" McGraw testified Tuesday, September 23, 2025, that although
he was moving to end ties with Trinity Broadcasting Network, he
also assured the Christian broadcaster he wanted to work together
with "transparency" on Merit Street Media, their bankrupt joint
venture.

Court records show McGraw was confronted with conflicting
communications: a June 2024 text to a friend claiming he was
"working on the project of getting rid of TBN" and a July 2025
email to Trinity executives proposing that the two sides remain
partners "with transparency," according to The Wall Street
Journal.

                About Merit Street Media

Merit Street Media is a television and media content production and
distribution company based in Fort Worth, Texas. It appears to
focus on creating, producing, and distributing television content,
maintaining business relationships with major cable providers
including DIRECTV and DISH Network, as well as numerous television
stations and production companies.

Merit Street Media sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-80156) on July 2,
2025, before the Hon. Scott W. Everett. In its petition, the Debtor
reports estimated assets and liabilities between $100 million and
$500 million.

The Debtor is represented by Sidley Austin LLP as bankruptcy
counsel. Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC serves as Claims,
Noticing, and Solicitation Agent, effective as of the Petition
Date.


MODEL TOBACCO: Unsecureds to be Paid in Full over 5 Years
---------------------------------------------------------
MK Richmond, LLC and SS Richmond LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of Virginia a Disclosure Statement
with Respect to Plan of Reorganization for Model Tobacco
Development Group, LLC dated September 19, 2025.

The Debtor was organized as a limited liability company under the
laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia effective as of October 12,
2017. The Debtor acquired ownership of the Property by deed
recorded on June 15, 2020, deed reference #20-0012821.

The Property then consisted of former tobacco lofts, warehouses and
related facilities that previously served as a factory for the
United States Tobacco Company. The Property is located at 1100
Richmond Highway, Richmond, Virginia. The Property is located in an
area zoned B-6, Mixed Use Business District. The use of the
Property as a 203-unit apartment complex is a permitted use.

On December 11, 2024, the Virginia Housing Development Authority
("VHDA") filed its Verified Petition For Appointment Of A Receiver
On An Emergency Ex Parte Basis, case no. CL24005391-00 (the "VHDA
Petition"), and its Emergency Ex Parte Motion for Appointment of A
Receiver And Entry Of Preliminary Injunction in the Circuit Court
of the City of Richmond (the "VHDA Motion"). The VHDA Petition
named the Debtor and Master Tenant as defendants.

The Debtor and certain of its members determined that the Debtor
should file a chapter 11 petition to protect the Debtor, its
creditors and parties in interest. However, the Release Order
restricted Mr. Harrison's ability to act on behalf of the Debtor.
Mr. Harrison sought relief from the District Court to initiate and
participate in a chapter 11 bankruptcy filing. Such relief was
granted in the Modification Order on December 30, 2024.

The Plan Proponents are in the early stages of planning for
implementation of required repairs to the apartment and amenities
buildings. The Plan Proponents presently are reviewing the possible
existence of warranties covering basement water intrusion.

Class 4 consists of General Unsecured Claims. Holders of allowed
general unsecured claims in Class 4 shall be paid their pro rata
share of the lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of allowed Class 4
claims and (b) $1,400,000. A portion of the equity infusion
provided by the plan funders on the Effective Date, specifically
$200,000, will be paid to Class 4 on the Effective Date. The
remainder of the amount payable to Class 4 will be paid in
quarterly installments over a 5-year period.

Installment payments to Class 4 will be conditioned on the
satisfaction of certain requirements, such as the absence of any
default under the Plan, the completion of all repairs, and the
funding of working capital and capital expense reserves. Regardless
of the status of such conditions, the balance due with respect to
Class 4 shall be paid in full on the Class 4 Maturity Date.

Class 6 consists of Equity Interests of Master Tenant, MK Richmond
LLC and SS Richmond LLC. Each of the holders of the Class 6
interests (or their affiliates) are required to make substantial
contributions under the Plan. PNC (the 99% owner of Master Tenant)
is projected to fund $4,459,664 on the Effective Date. Such payment
is the source for paying the secured claim of CRBT under the Plan.
MK Richmond LLC and SS Richmond LLC or their affiliates are
expected to contribute the Equity Infusion in an amount up to
$3,000,000, and to provide a loan commitment of not less than
$1,400,000. Additionally, preservation of these interests is
required to preserve the Debtor's tax structure and attributes.

On the Effective Date, all property of the Estate shall revest in
the Reorganized Debtor, subject to the Liens expressly preserved by
the Plan, and to the terms and conditions of the Plan, but
otherwise free and clear of all other liens, claims, interests and
encumbrances.

Section 5.04 of the Plan addresses the $3,000,000 Equity Infusion
and the $1,400,000 Loan Commitment by the Plan Funders. Creditors
and parties in interest are encouraged to review Section 5.04 of
the Plan.

With respect to Secured Creditors, VHDA's claim will be cured and
reinstated. With respect to CRBT, its Secured Claim will be paid in
full on the Effective Date (and its deficiency claim will be
treated as a general unsecured claim).

With respect to Unsecured Creditors, the Plan Proponents project
that their Allowed Claims will be paid in full within approximately
5 years. But even if such claims are not paid in full, Holders of
Claims and Interests that are junior to the Claims of any rejecting
Class of Unsecured Creditors will not receive or retain any
property under the Plan on account of those Claims or Interests.

The Class 6 Equity Interests are preserved in order to preserve the
tax structure and thus avoid recapture liability. Such Interests
further are justified by the substantial contributions to be made
by the Holders of such Interests. The Plan satisfies section
1129(b)(2)(B).

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated September 19,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=YMOg68 from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel for the Plan Proponents:

     Whiteford, Taylor & Preston, LLP
     Bradford F. Englander, Esq.
     Christopher A. Jones, Esq.
     3190 Fairview Park Drive, Suite 800
     Falls Church, Virginia 22042
     Telephone: (703) 280-9081
     Facsimile: (703) 280-3370
     Email: benglander@whitefordlaw.com
     Email: cajones@whitefordlaw.com

              About Model Tobacco Development Group

Model Tobacco Development Group, LLC is engaged in activities
related to real estate.

Model Tobacco Development Group filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr.
E.D. Va. Case No. 24-34863) on December 31, 2024, with assets
between $50 million and $100 million and liabilities between $10
million and $50 million.

Judge Brian F. Kenney oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Justin P. Fasano, Esq.
     Mcnamee Hosea, P.A.
     6404 Ivy Lane, Suite 820
     Greenbelt, MD 20770
     Tel: (301) 441-2420
     Fax: (301) 982-9450
     Email: jfasano@mhlawyers.com


NEP/NCP HOLDCO: S&P Affirms 'B-' ICR on Refinancing,Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B-' issuer credit rating on Live
events and broadcast solutions provider NEP/NCP Holdco Inc. (NEP).
At the same time, S&P assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '2'
recovery rating to its proposed $1.87 billion first-lien term loan
and $300 million revolving credit facility. The '2' recovery rating
indicates its expectation for substantial (70%-90%; rounded
estimate: 70%) recovery for senior secured lenders in the event of
a default.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's view that the company will
maintain adjusted leverage and FOCF to debt at levels appropriate
for the rating over the next 12 months due to lower capital
expenditure (capex), EBITDA growth, and cost savings.

Live events and broadcast solutions provider NEP/NCP Holdco Inc.
(NEP) is proposing a new $1.87 billion first-lien term loan due
2031 and $300 million revolving credit facility due 2030. S&P
expects the term loan will be issued in a USD and a Euro tranche.
In addition, the company plans to issue $700 million in senior
preferred equity, which will be held by multiple third-party
investors.

NEP plans to use the proceeds from the proposed term loan and
preferred equity to repay its existing first-lien term loan,
second-lien term loan, revolving credit facility, add cash to the
balance sheet and pay fees, expenses, and accrued interest.
S&P Global Ratings treats the preferred equity as debt under our
adjusted credit metrics. S&P forecasts 2025 and 2026 S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage and free operating cash flow (FOCF) to
debt will be about 7.0x-7.5x and 2.5%-3.0%, respectively.

S&P said, "We affirmed the 'B-' issuer credit rating with a stable
outlook because we anticipate NEP will maintain leverage in the
low-7x area and FOCF to debt of about 3% through 2026. In the first
half of 2025, the company's revenue declined by about 1% year over
year; lower media segment revenues from a tougher comparison
(primarily due to the sale of SOS Global and Screen Scene in 2024
and unfavorable contract negotiations for Asian Cricket) were
partially offset by growth from the live events segment from
strengthening corporate events and top-line growth in the Middle
East. In 2025, we expect NEP's revenue will increase in the
low-single-digit percent area, supported by a recovery in corporate
live events and further expansion into new markets, partially
offset by lower major events in 2025 compared with the even-year
events in 2024. In addition, we expect revenue will increase about
7%-9% in 2026.

"As a result, we forecast continued EBITDA growth in 2025 and 2026
given the increased revenue, the sale of lower margin businesses
and the benefits of NEP's various cost-savings initiatives. Despite
increased EBITDA generation, we expect leverage will increase in
2025 compared to 2024 because we include the $194.6 million
preferred equity issued by the company in 2024, as well as the
proposed $700 million preferred equity, as debt in our adjusted
leverage calculations due to its characteristics, such as its 14%
cash dividend costs with a 15% payment-in-kind (PIK) toggle and the
risk that the preferred equity could be replaced with externally
financed debt. We expect the company will accrue PIK dividends in
our base-case forecast. We forecast S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
leverage of about 7.0x-7.5x in 2025 and 2026 compared to 6.9x at
year-end 2024.

"Following the proposed preferred issuance, the company will
generate stronger cash flows given the increased portion of PIK
dividend accruals and lower cash interest financing. In addition,
we expect NEP's capex will be lower as a percentage of revenue in
2025 and 2026 compared to historical years given the company's
prior investments and efficiency gains from the shift to a
centralized production hub. We expect FOCF to debt will improve to
about 2.5%-3.0% in 2025 and 2026. If NEP does use any excess cash
flows to pay down debt and improve its credit metrics faster than
expected, we could revise our view of the company's credit
profile.

"NEP's strong market position, large scale, and geographic reach
are distinct competitive advantages within a fragmented industry
landscape. The company has effectively used its scale to secure
high-profile global events, such as the Olympics, the World Cup,
and the Super Bowl. It also benefits from its established long-term
relationships with some of the media industry's largest blue-chip
companies, resulting in high renewal rates and long-term contracts
which translates into good revenue predictability and stability for
its media services segment. We expect NEP will continue growing
through a combination of new organic contract wins and strategic
bolt-on acquisitions to expand geographic reach and capabilities.

"We believe secular tailwinds in live experiences will grow revenue
over the long term. The live events industry has benefited from
high demand due to consumers and corporate event organizers
prioritizing experiences since pandemic-related lockdowns ended. We
believe this shift in behavior is secular, with consumers now
willing to spend a greater proportion of their disposable income on
experiences rather than material goods and corporate live event
budgets increasing and often requiring full-service solutions. We
believe NEP's expertise in complex and innovative event solutions
attracts customers who seek to differentiate themselves in an
increasing competitive environment of live events.

"NEP's business model, which includes a full suite of services
across the value chain, is also well positioned to benefit from the
increased supply and complexity of live events by artists and
brands. Online music streaming and rising ticket prices have
resulted in artists making a greater portion of their income from
touring, leading to more reoccurring tours and concerts. We expect
NEP's robust pipeline from recurring clients and tailwinds in the
live events industry will contribute to the company's long-term
revenue growth.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that the company will
maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage in the 7.0x-7.5x area
and FOCF to debt of 2.5%-3.0% over the next 12 months due to lower
capex and EBITDA growth. It also has support from the benefit of
cost-savings actions taken and lower one-time expenses associated
with the cost actions."

S&P could lower its ratings on NEP if it no longer views its
capital structure as sustainable. This could occur if:

-- The company is unable to generate sustainable positive FOCF;
or

-- Its access to additional liquidity is limited due to
challenging capital market conditions and covenant constraints.

S&P could raise its ratings on NEP if the company:

-- Reduces its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage below the
mid-6x area on a sustained basis

-- Expands its FOCF to debt to around 5%; and

-- S&P is confident its financial policy will not lead to higher
leverage in the future.



NETCAPITAL INC: Reports $3.64 Million Net Loss in Q1 2026
---------------------------------------------------------
Netcapital Inc. filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q reporting a net loss
of $3.64 million for the three months ended July 31, 2025, compared
to a net loss of $2.53 million for the three months ended July 31,
2024.

The Company recorded a revenue of $190,058 for the three months
ended July 31, 2025, compared to $142,227 for the same period in
2024.

The company posted an operating loss of $3.29 million, compared to
an operating loss of $2.51 million for the first quarter of fiscal
year 2025.

Loss per share was ($1.27), compared to a loss per share of ($5.10)
for the first quarter of fiscal year 2025.

As of July 31, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of
$4,562,491.

"We are pleased to report that we began our fiscal year 2026 with
revenue growth of more than 30% for the first quarter. In fiscal
year 2025, we shifted our strategy to focus on building a stronger
and more scalable business, and we are encouraged to see our vision
taking shape," said Martin Kay, CEO of Netcapital Inc. in a press
release.

"We achieved several significant milestones during the quarter,
including establishing a Crypto Advisory Board, composed of
accomplished industry leaders to guide our efforts in integrating
blockchain, digital assets and crypto with traditional finance,"
added Mr, Kay. "We believe that this initiative positions us well
to play a larger role in the fintech space and explore
opportunities in decentralized finance, or DeFi."

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at
https://tinyurl.com/2mdn7csz

                        About Netcapital Inc.

Headquartered in Boston, Mass., Netcapital Inc. --
www.netcapital.com -- is a fintech company with a scalable
technology platform that allows private companies to raise capital
online and provides private equity investment opportunities to
investors. The Company's consulting group, Netcapital Advisors,
provides marketing and strategic advice and takes equity positions
in select companies. The Company's funding portal, Netcapital
Funding Portal, Inc. is registered with the U.S. Securities &
Exchange Commission (SEC) and is a member of the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority (FINRA), a registered national securities
association.

Spokane, Washington-based Fruci & Associates II, PLLC, the
Company's auditor since 2017, issued a "going concern"
qualification in its report dated August 12, 2025, attached to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
April 30, 2025, citing that the Company has a negative working
capital, operating losses, and negative cash flows from operations.
These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of July 31, 2025, the Company had $28.43 million in total
assets, $5.31 million in total liabilities, and $23.13 million in
total stockholders' deficit.


NEWBURY PALACE: Seeks to Hire Amanda Brendell CPA as Accountant
---------------------------------------------------------------
Newbury Palace Pizza, LLC filed an amended application seeking
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New
Hampshire to employ Amanda Brendell, CPA as accountant.

The Debtor is amending its application to employ Amanda Brendell,
CPA as its accountant to assist with preparing and filing tax
returns for the additional years of 2020 and 2021.

As disclosed in the court filings, Amanda Brendell, CPA, does not
have any connection with the creditors or any other party in
interest or their respective attorneys, and therefore represents no
interest adverse to the estate and is a disinterested person.

The accountant can be reached at:

     Amanda Brendell, CPA
     272 Newbury Road,
     Sutton, NH 03221

       About Newbury Palace Pizza, LLC

Newbury Palace Pizza, LLC sought protection for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.H. Case No. 25-10453)
on June 30, 2025. At the time of filing, the Debtor estimated
$50,000 in assets and $100,001 to $500,000 in liabilities.

The Debtor is represented by Eleanor Wm. Dahar, Esq. at Victor W.
Dahar Professional Association.



NIKOLA CORP: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to January 15, 2026
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Thomas M. Horan of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Delaware extended Nikola Corp., and affiliates' exclusive
periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance
thereof to January 15, 2026 and May 18, 2026, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, since the Petition Date,
the Debtors and their professionals have focused substantially all
their time, energy, and resources on smoothly transitioning into
chapter 11, addressing critical case management issues, marketing
the Debtors' assets in connection with various sale processes, and
closing on certain sales, all in an effort to maximize the value of
the Debtors' estates.

The Debtors believe that, in light of the progress that the Debtors
have made in these Chapter 11 Cases over the past six months, and
the Debtors' efforts to work cooperatively with their stakeholders,
it is reasonable and appropriate that the Debtors be granted an
extension of the Exclusive Periods. Accordingly, the Debtors submit
that this factor weighs in favor of extending the Exclusive
Periods.

The Debtors explain that they continue to pay undisputed
postpetition obligations on a timely basis. Therefore, the
requested extension of the Exclusive Periods will afford the
Debtors a meaningful opportunity to negotiate with key parties to
confirm the Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement without
prejudice to the parties in interest in these Chapter 11 Cases.

The Debtors assert that throughout the chapter 11 process, they
have endeavored to establish and maintain cooperative working
relationships with the Committee and other key stakeholders. The
Debtors are not seeking an extension of the Exclusive Periods to
delay administration of these Chapter 11 Cases or to exert pressure
on their creditors, but rather to preserve the status quo during
the pendency of the Appeal. Thus, this factor also weighs in favor
of the requested extension of the Exclusive Periods.

Counsel to the Debtors:

                        M. Blake Cleary, Esq.
                        Brett M. Haywood, Esq.
                        Maria Kotsiras, Esq.
                        Shannon A. Forshay, Esq.
                        Sarah R. Gladieux, Esq.
                        POTTER ANDERSON & CORROON LLP
                        1313 N. Market Street, 6th Floor
                        Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                        Tel: (302) 984-6000
                        Fax: (302) 658-1192
                        Email: bcleary@potteranderson.com
                               bhaywood@potteranderson.com
                               mkotsiras@potteranderson.com
                               sforshay@potteranderson.com
                               sgladieux@potteranderson.com

                        Joshua D. Morse, Esq.
                        Jonathan R. Doolittle, Esq.
                        PILLSBURY WINTHROP SHAW PITTMAN LLP
                        Four Embarcadero Center, 22nd Floor
                        San Francisco, California 94111-5998
                        Tel: (415) 983-1000
                        Fax: (415) 983-1200
                        Email: joshua.morse@pillsburylaw.com
                               jonathan.doolittle@pillsburylaw.com
     

                          - and -

                        Andrew V. Alfano, Esq.
                        Caroline Tart, Esq.
                        Chazz C. Coleman, Esq.
                        PILLSBURY WINTHROP SHAW PITTMAN LLP
                        31 West 52nd Street
                        New York, New York 10019
                        Tel: (212) 858-1000
                        Fax: (212) 858-1500
                        Email: andrew.alfano@pillsburylaw.com
                               caroline.tart@pillsburylaw.com
                               chazz.coleman@pillsburylaw.com

                         About Nikola Corp.

Nikola Corporation and affiliates specialize in the design and
manufacture of zero-emissions commercial vehicles, including
battery-electric and hydrogen fuel cell trucks. The companies
operate in two business units: Truck and Energy. The Truck business
unit is commercializing heavy-duty commercial hydrogen-electric
(FCEV) and battery-electric (BEV) Class 8 trucks that provide
environmentally friendly, cost-effective solutions to the short,
medium and long-haul trucking sectors. The Energy business unit is
developing hydrogen fueling infrastructure to support FCEV trucks
covering supply, distribution and dispensing. Founded in 2015,
Nikola is headquartered in Phoenix, Ariz.

Nikola and nine of its affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del., Lead Case No. 25-10258)
on February 19, 2025.  In the petitions, the Debtors reported total
assets as of Jan. 31, 2025 of $878,094,000 and total debts as of
Jan. 31, 2025 of $468,961,000.  

Bankruptcy Judge Thomas M. Horan handles the cases.

Potter Anderson & Corroon LLP serves as general bankruptcy counsel
to the Debtors, and Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP serves as
bankruptcy co-counsel.  Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc. acts as
investment banker to the Debtors; M3 Advisory Partners LP acts as
financial advisor to the Debtors; while EPIQ Corporate
Restructuring LLC is the Debtors' claims and noticing agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The
committee tapped Morrison & Foerster LLP and Morris James, LLP as
legal counsels; Ducera Securities, LLC as investment banker; and
FTI Consulting, Inc. as financial advisor.


NRG ENERGY: Fitch Assigns 'BB+' Rating on Sr. Unsecured Notes
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned NRG Energy, Inc.'s (NRG) new issuance of
senior secured first lien notes a rating of 'BBB-' with a Recovery
Rating of 'RR1'. Fitch has also rated the company's new issuance of
senior unsecured debt 'BB+'/'RR4'.

NRG intends to use a portion of the net proceeds from the issuances
to partially fund the cash portion of the purchase price of its
previously announced acquisition of assets from LS Power Equity
Advisors, LLC (LS Power). The company will also use some of the net
proceeds from the secured first lien notes to repay in full its
$500 million 2.0% senior secured first lien notes on their Dec. 2,
2025 maturity. The announced financings are in line with Fitch's
expectations.

The Rating Outlook on NRG's 'BB+' Long-Term Issuer Default Rating
(IDR) is Stable.

Key Rating Drivers

Leveraging Transaction: On May 12, 2025, NRG announced that it had
entered into an agreement with LS Power to purchase 13 GW of
natural gas generation facilities in PJM Interconnection (PJM) and
Electric Reliability Council of Texas (ERCOT) and a 6 GW commercial
and industrial virtual power plant platform. The transaction is
valued at approximately $12.0 billion, including $3.2 billion of
assumed subsidiary debt. NRG plans to finance the transaction with
$2.8 billion of NRG stock issued to LS Power and $6.4 billion cash.
The transaction is expected to close 1Q26, subject to regulatory
approvals.

Fitch expects NRG's post close EBITDA gross leverage to increase to
approximately 4.3x-4.4x as per Fitch's calculation versus the prior
expectation of approximately 3.0x, and significantly outside its
downgrade threshold of 3.5x. NRG is targeting $3.7 billion to debt
paydown over 24 months-36 months after close, with a focus on
returning to less than 3.0x net debt to adjusted EBITDA as per the
company's calculations. Fitch's 3.5x leverage threshold is
calculated on a gross debt basis, includes NRG's series A preferred
stock (50% equity credit) and makes no EBITDA adjustments for
merger or synergy costs.

Shift in Asset Ownership Strategy: NRG's planned acquisition of
generating assets is a significant shift from the customer-focused
nature of prior major acquisitions, Direct Energy (2020) and Vivint
Smart Home (2022). Separately, the company recently acquired 738 MW
of ERCOT gas-fired generation assets from Rockland Capital for a
purchase price of $560 million and is pursuing three new build
generation assets in ERCOT.

NRG will shift from its current generation deficit to having
surplus capacity in both the ERCOT and PJM markets once the LS
Power transaction is completed. While the addition of physical
assets removes risk related to being short power, NRG will now be
exposed to other risks such as merchant prices for excess
generation, fuel supply and plant operations. The increased
ownership of physical generation may allow NRG to reduce collateral
postings, which is a positive.

Capital Allocation Plan: Fitch expects NRG to continue an active
capital allocation plan and follow through on its prior commitment
to buy back $1.3 billion of stock in 2025. The company expects to
then buy back $1 billion annually over the forecast period until it
has reached 3.0x net debt to adjusted EBITDA (per its
calculations).

Non-Recourse Subsidiary Debt: The LS Power acquisition includes
Lighting Power, LLC, which has $3.2 billion of nonrecourse debt.
Lightning Power will be an excluded project subsidiary under NRG's
credit agreement. While NRG debt is technically subordinated to
Lightning debt, Fitch does not anticipate significant restrictions
in NRG's ability to upstream cash. As a result, Fitch has evaluated
NRG's credit metrics on a consolidated basis.

Significant Load Growth Expected: NRG expects to benefit from the
increasing demand for electricity from data centers. In addition to
increased utilization of existing facilities, the company is
discussing redevelopment of retired power facilities. Fitch has not
incorporated potential benefits from or expenditures to support
such activities, but Fitch expects NRG to develop these plans
within its stated credit-metric goals.

Improved Asset and Market Diversity: The acquired generation
assets, will improve NRG's fuel mix with the addition of more
modern natural gas fired plants. It will also further reduce the
company's reliance on the ERCOT market. Fitch estimates that NRG's
EBITDA attributed to ERCOT will decline to approximately 40% from
50%. Additionally, Fitch estimates that Vivint, which provides
security and smart home services, will decline to approximately 20%
of total EBITDA from the expected 25%.

Commodity Exposure: Despite the additional generation assets, as an
integrated energy marketer NRG is still exposed to commodity risks.
Unexpected differences in load forecasts, wholesale power markets,
commodity prices and plant operations could have a significant
impact on cash flow. Fitch expects NRG's existing ERCOT generation
to be almost fully hedged in 2025, ~50% in 2026, and less than 25%
in 2027.

Recovery Analysis: Fitch applies a generic approach to rate and
assign Recovery Ratings for issuers in the 'BB' rating category. As
per Fitch's criteria, first lien (Category 1) debt of issuers with
an IDR of 'BB+' are assigned a 'RR1' and notched up one level from
the IDR. Unsecured debt is assigned a 'RR4' and is rated the same
as the IDR. As a result, NRG secured debt is rated 'BBB-'/'RR1' and
its unsecured debt is rated 'BB+'/'RR4'.

Peer Analysis

NRG is well positioned relative to Vistra Corp. (BB+/Stable) and
Calpine Corporation (B+/RWP). NRG's planned $12.0 billion
acquisition of assets from LS Power will result in an immediate
step change to the company's leverage. However, Fitch expects the
company to return to within its downgrade threshold of EBITDA gross
leverage of 3.5x within 24 months of transaction close. Fitch's
recent upgrade of Vistra reflects Fitch's expectation that Vistra's
gross EBITDA leverage will stay within 3.0x-3.5x from 2025 to 2027,
driven by higher wholesale generation EBITDA and strong retail
performance. Fitch expects Calpine's leverage to remain around
4.5x-5.0x.

NRG's asset acquisition will diversity NRG's cash flow sources. As
a result, Fitch estimates that NRG's concentration in Texas will
decline to 40% of EBITDA generation from approximately 50%.
Vistra's portfolio is less diversified geographically than its
peers', with 60% of its consolidated EBITDA from operations in
Texas. Like NRG, Vistra benefits from ownership of large and
well-entrenched retail electricity businesses in Texas. Calpine's
retail business is much smaller.

Key Assumptions

- Completion of asset acquisition from LS Power valued at $12.0
billion including assumption of $3.2 billion debt and $.4 billion
NPV of tax benefits;

- LS Power asset acquisition funded with $2.8 NRG stock issued to
LS Power and $6.4 billion cash to be funded with debt;

- Acquisition of Rockland capital assets for $560 million to be
funded with debt;

- Dividend growth of 7%-9%, as per management's publicly stated
forecast;

- Stock buybacks of $1.3 billion in 2025, $1.0 billion thereafter
until returning to less than 3.0x net debt to adjusted EBITDA per
management's publicly stated forecast;

- NRG retail gross margins remain in line with Fitch's current
expectations;

- Continued practice of hedging retail energy load at signing;

- Capacity revenue per past auction results;

- Debt pay-down of $3.7 billion over 24 months-36 months after
closing of LS Power transaction, consistent with publicly stated
target net debt/adjusted EBITDA of 3.0x.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- EBITDA gross leverage exceeding 3.5x 24 months after transaction
close;

- Weaker power prices than Fitch expected or capacity auctions in
core regions;

- Unfavorable changes in regulatory constructs or rules in NRG's
markets;

- Aggressive growth, including mergers and acquisitions, or capital
allocation strategy that reduces stability of cash flow.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- EBITDA gross leverage under 3.0x on a sustainable basis;

- Balanced allocation of FCF that maintains balance-sheet
flexibility and leverage within stated goal;

- Successful integration of newly acquired business and ability to
meet synergy targets.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

NRG has adequate liquidity. The company amended its revolving
credit agreement in April 2024 to allow for the issuance of a $875
million term loan B, which it used to repay notes due in 2024 and
reduce the convertible note principal. In October 2024, the company
entered into an incremental term loan facility in the amount of
$450 million, which the company used to repay amounts outstanding
under Vivint's senior secured credit agreement and to pay the cash
tender price for Vivint's senior secured notes. As of October 2024,
Vivint is no longer a ringfenced subsidiary.

NRG's existing term loan and incremental term loan facilities have
a final maturity date of April 2031. Additionally, NRG has an RCF,
which extends to October 2029. Any borrowings under the facility
were fully repaid as of as of July 31, 2025. In total, NRG has
$5.255 billion of available liquidity as of June 30, 2025,
including a consolidated cash balance of $180 million. The company
has a $500 million senior secured first lien note maturing in 2025,
$900 million in 2027 and $821 million unsecured note due in 2028.

Issuer Profile

NRG is an unregulated, integrated power company producing and
selling electricity, natural gas, and related products in major
competitive power markets in the U.S. and Canada.

Summary of Financial Adjustments

NRG's series A preferred stock receive 50% equity credit, based on
Fitch's Corporate Hybrids Treatment and Notching Criteria. The
features supporting 50% equity credit include an ability to defer
dividend payments for at least five years and the cumulative
feature of deferred dividends.

Date of Relevant Committee

May 9, 2025

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt            Rating           Recovery   
   -----------            ------           --------   
NRG Energy, Inc.

   senior secured      LT BBB- New Rating    RR1

   senior unsecured    LT BB+  New Rating    RR4


OG LIVING: Unsecureds Will Get 26% of Claims via Quarterly Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------------
OG Living LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Florida a Second Amended Disclosure Statement in
support of Second Amended Plan of Reorganization dated September
19, 2025.

The Debtor is a Florida limited liability company that was formed
on July 13, 2017, and has been a seller and installer of luxury
outdoor living spaces and as well provides repair and maintenance
services in the outdoor living spaces industry.

The Debtor's corporate offices are in Broward County, Florida, and
it maintains a showroom and a warehouse in Lee County, Florida. OG
Living began as a sales and marketing firm in the construction
industry but over time evolved into a construction company
providing design, fabrication and installation of outdoor living
space products such as pergolas, cabanas, in addition to hurricane
rated solar screens.

OG Living filed its chapter 11 bankruptcy petition in the Southern
District of Florida on November 29, 2024. It did so despite the
fact that it saw tremendous growth in the number of orders placed
by its customers during the years just prior to filing for
bankruptcy. The problem was the ability to fulfill those orders.
The lingering effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and its continuing
impact on OG Living's supply chain necessitated the bankruptcy
filing.

Class 17 consists of General Unsecured Creditors. An Allowed
General Unsecured Claim is an unsecured claim that is not entitled
to priority under the Bankruptcy Code an Allowed Claim and includes
completely unsecured claims, and the under secured portions of
claims of holders of secured Class 2 through 14 claims. Class 17
also includes the claim of ByzFunder and that of John Herbst, and
the non-priority portion of customer deposit claims. Debtor
estimates a total of $2,306,311.93 in Allowed General Unsecured
Claims.

The Debtor shall pay every quarter for a total of twelve quarters,
the fixed sum of $30,000.00 per quarter to be distributed pro rata
among all holders of Allowed Class 17 Claims, with the first
payment to be made on the Effective Date and each subsequent
quarterly distribution to be made every ninety days thereafter or
before the 15th day of the month in which payments are to be made.
Based on the estimated total of Allowed General Unsecured Claims,
the estimated dividend to be paid to holders of such claims over
the life of the Plan is 26% of the amount of each Allowed General
Unsecured Claim. Class 17 is impaired.

Class 19 consists of the interest of equity holders, namely, the
100% membership interest in the Debtor held by George John Wohlford
(Mr. Wohlford). Mr. Wohlford has contributed $150,000.00 in cash
via post-petition court approved loans that are being converted to
equity; has agreed to infuse an additional $25,000.00 in cash to
fund the Plan; all of which upon confirmation and the Plan going
effective, will be treated as equity.

Finally, the Debtor permitted exclusivity to expire in this case
and during the period since there has been no offer to purchase the
business or competing plan. The bottom line is that the $175,000.00
infusion by Mr. Wohlford is a significant benefit to the Estate and
more than fair and reasonable consideration for the retention of
his equity in a business that would not survive without his
personal involvement.

The Class 19 Interest of Equity Holders shall be retained in
consideration for the services to be rendered on behalf of the
Debtor as well as the infusion of the $150,000 previously provided
by Mr. Wohlford, plus an additional $25,000.00 Mr. Wohlford is
providing to fund confirmation of the Debtor's Plan.

OG will fund the Plan from operations based on the projections
included with the Plan. Although the earlier months reflect
revenues less favorable than the projections this is explainable.
The Debtor experienced significant delays in obtaining materials
from its suppliers because of supply chain issues (unavailability
or substantial delay in obtaining materials). This, in turn,
negatively impacted Debtor's revenue even though the Debtor had the
work to generate additional revenues had materials been available.

Further, the Debtor's sole member and manager, George "John"
Wohlford, in addition to the $150,000 provided during the
bankruptcy case, is contributing $25,000 to assist in the funding
of the Plan, and considering the infusion of funds as set forth
herein, the Class 18 holder of equity in OG will retain such
equity. In anticipation of confirmation, Mr. Wohlford will escrow
in OG's counsel’s trust account the sum of $25,000.00.

A full-text copy of the Second Amended Disclosure Statement dated
September 19, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=tgwn4Q
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

                        About OG Living LLC

OG Living, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 24-22597) on November
29, 2024, with $500,001 to $1 million in assets and $1 million to
$10 million in liabilities. George John Wohlford, managing member
of OG Living, signed the petition.

Judge Scott M. Grossman oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

    Chad P Pugatch, Esq.
    Lorium Law
    Tel: 954-462-8000
    Email: ecf.pugatch@loriumlaw.com

    -- and --

    Jason Slatkin, Esq.
    Lorium Law
    Tel: 954-462-8000
    Email: jslatkin@loriumlaw.com


OLD SCHOOL: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to April 6, 2026
-------------------------------------------------------------
Old School, Inc., asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Delaware to extend its exclusivity periods to file a plan of
reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to April 6, 2026 and
June 3, 2026, respectively.

The Debtor explains that cause exists to extend the Exclusive
Periods. First, the Debtor and its professionals have made
significant progress in moving this Chapter 11 Case to a successful
completion, including: (a) successfully completing the sale of
substantially all of its assets; (b) preparing and filing the
schedules of assets and liabilities and the statement of financial
affairs; (c) preparing and filing the Debtor's monthly operating
reports; (d) filing the Combined Disclosure Statement and Plan and
the Solicitation Procedures Motion; and (e) continuing negotiations
with its key stakeholders regarding a potential exit path from
chapter 11.

Second, allowing the expiration of the Exclusive Periods at this
critical stage would serve only to interfere with the progress of
this Chapter 11 Case. Now that the Debtor has sold substantially
all of its assets and is winding down, the Debtor requires
additional time to solicit the Combined Disclosure Statement and
Plan on the timeline required by Local Rule 3017-2 and engage in
discussions with key stakeholders regarding support for the
Combined Disclosure Statement and Plan.

Lastly, creditors will not be harmed by extending the Exclusive
Periods. This Motion is the Debtor's first request for an extension
of the Exclusive Periods. The Debtor is not seeking the extension
of the Exclusive Periods to delay administration of this Chapter 11
Case or to exert pressure on its creditors, but rather to allow the
Debtor to continue with winding-down its operations, liquidating
any remaining assets for the benefit of creditors, prosecute the
Combined Disclosure Statement and Plan, and work to achieve a
value-maximizing close of this Chapter 11 Case in the most
cost-efficient manner.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     POTTER ANDERSON & CORROON LLP
     Aaron H. Stulman, Esq.
     Brett M. Haywood, Esq.
     James R. Risener III, Esq.
     Ethan H. Sulik, Esq.
     1313 North Market Street, 6th Floor
     Wilmington, Delaware 19801
     Tel: (302) 984-6000
     Facsimile: (302) 658-1192
     Email: astulman@potteranderson.com
            bhaywood@potteranderson.com
            jrisener@potteranderson.com
            esulik@potteranderson.com

     GOODWIN PROCTER LLP
     Howard S. Steel, Esq.
     Stacy Dasaro, Esq.
     Kizzy L. Jarashow, Esq.
     James Lathrop, Esq.
     The New York Times Building
     620 Eighth Avenue
     New York, New York 10018-1405
     Tel: (212) 813-8800
     Facsimile: (212) 355-3333
     Email: hsteel@goodwinlaw.com
     sdasaro@goodwinlaw.com
     kjarashow@goodwinlaw.com
     jlathrop@goodwinlaw.com

                           About Old School Inc.

Old School, Inc., is a non-public corporation incorporated in
Delaware.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-11016) on June 8, 2025,
with $10,000,001 to $50 million in assets and liabilities.

Judge Craig T. Goldblatt presides over the case.

James R. Risener, III, Esq. at Potter Anderson & Corroon LLP
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


OU MEDICINE: S&P Raises LT Rating on Fixed-Rate Bonds to 'BB+'
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its long-term rating on the Oklahoma
Development Finance Authority's series 2018B tax-exempt fixed-rate
bonds and series 2018C taxable fixed-rate bonds to 'BB+' from 'BB'.
The bonds were issued for OU Medicine Inc. (OUMI), now doing
business as OU Health.

S&P said, "In addition, we raised our underlying rating (SPUR) on
the insured maturities of the authority's series 2018B and 2018C
bonds, also issued for OUMI, to 'BB+' from 'BB'.
The outlook is stable.

"The upgrade reflects OU Health's improved and stabilized operating
performance, which we anticipate will continue to support
incremental growth of year-end unrestricted reserves, and sustained
moderation of debt metrics. The higher rating further incorporates
OU Health's leading, and growing, position within Oklahoma's health
care market, with a strong and unique relationship with the state
affording the credit profile material financial benefits.

"We consider governance factors to be neutral in our credit rating
analysis and note stability among the executive team under the
direction of President and CEO Dr. Richard Lofgren, who assumed CEO
duties in March 2022, having previously served in the same capacity
at UC Health in Cincinnati. OU Health operates under a unique joint
operating agreement with the University Hospitals Trust (UHT), a
component of the University Hospitals Authority (the Authority).
UHT and the Authority combine to form a component unit of the
state, while OU Health is a separate 501c3 whose sole member is
UHT. UHAT is not obligated on OU Health's debt but provides
material credit support in the form of state advocacy and targeted
capital project support.

"We view social factors as neutral to the credit rating analysis,
though we recognize OU Health's exposure to state and Medicaid
funding, as well as human capital risks tied to higher labor and
salary pressures within the sector that are expected to persist
through the outlook period. We believe environmental factors are
also neutral to the credit rating analysis despite the service
area's propensity for extreme weather events.

"The stable outlook reflects our view of OU Health's favorable and
improving position within the state, as well as the strength of its
operating performance. The outlook further reflects our expectation
that the system's key financial metrics will at a minimum remain
stable in fiscal 2026 and beyond, aided by strong support from the
UHAT and the state, moderate direct capital spending, and no debt
plans.

"We could consider a negative rating action if unrestricted
reserves decline or if operations compress from current levels,
with DCOH and coverage moving within closer proximity to covenant
thresholds. Uncertainty or declines in state support or
supplemental funding could also create rating pressure, as would
any additional debt, though no such plans currently exist.

"Though we still view OU Health's balance sheet as a constraining
factor relative to an investment-grade rating, over time a positive
rating action is possible if it continues to produce operating
results in line with fiscal 2025 levels, while growing DCOH closer
to 100 and continuing to improve unrestricted reserve coverage over
long-term debt. A positive action could also be supported by a
manageable capital spending baseline, no additional borrowings, and
further clarity on medium-term supplemental funding and state
support. We believe the system's enterprise profile is already of
investment-grade caliber."



PALATIN TECHNOLOGIES: Receives $6.5M in Boehringer Collaboration
----------------------------------------------------------------
Palatin Technologies, Inc. announced the achievement of a research
milestone under its collaboration with Boehringer Ingelheim. This
milestone triggers a EUR5.5 million ($6.5 million) payment to
Palatin.

Under the terms of the agreement, Palatin received an upfront
payment of EUR2.0 million ($2.3 million USD) and is eligible for up
to EUR18.0 million ($21.2 million USD) in near-term research
milestones, which includes the achievement of the EUR5.5 million
($6.5 million) milestone announced today. In addition, Palatin is
eligible for up to EUR260 million ($307 million USD) in
success-based development, regulatory, and commercial milestone
payments, as well as tiered royalties on net sales resulting from
the collaboration.

"We are very pleased to reach this milestone and continue building
momentum with Boehringer Ingelheim," said Carl Spana, Ph.D.,
President and CEO of Palatin. "Melanocortin receptor agonists
represent a differentiated and promising approach to address the
underlying drivers of retinal diseases such as diabetic retinopathy
and diabetic macular edema, which affect an estimated one in three
people living with diabetes."

About the Collaboration

On August 18, 2025, Palatin entered into a strategic partnership
with Boehringer Ingelheim to develop potential first-in-class
melanocortin receptor–targeted treatments for patients with
retinal diseases. Under the terms of the agreement, Palatin has
received an upfront payment of EUR2.0 million ($2.3 million) and is
eligible for research, development, regulatory and commercial
milestone payments of up to EUR278 million ($328 million), as well
as tiered royalties on net sales.

About Melanocortin Receptor Agonists

The melanocortin receptor (MCR) system regulates inflammation,
immune responses, and metabolism. Receptor-specific agonists
represent a novel therapeutic approach with potential applications
in multiple diseases, including retinal disorders.

                          About Palatin

Headquartered in New Jersey, Palatin Technologies Inc. --
www.Palatin.com -- is a biopharmaceutical company developing
first-in-class medicines based on molecules that modulate the
activity of the melanocortin receptor systems, with targeted,
receptor-specific product candidates for the treatment of diseases
with significant unmet medical need and commercial potential.
Palatin's strategy is to develop products and then form marketing
collaborations with industry leaders to maximize their commercial
potential.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania-based KPMG LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2002, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated Sept. 30, 2024, citing that the Company has incurred
operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since
inception and will need additional funding to complete planned
product development efforts that raise substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.

As of December 31, 2024, Palatin Technologies had $4,310,018 in
total assets, $10,691,127 in total liabilities, and $6,381,109 in
total stockholders' deficit.


PBREIA LLC: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale Proceeds
---------------------------------------------------------
PBREIA, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern
District of Texas a Disclosure Statement describing Chapter 11 Plan
dated September 19, 2025.

The Debtor is a Texas limited liability company. The Debtor is a
special purpose entity formed for the purpose of holding title to
the Property pending its sale and distribution of Net Proceeds to
pay Creditors' Allowed Claims.

The Debtor owns that certain piece of real property commonly known
as 190 Calle Primera, San Diego, California (the "Property"). The
Property is non-income producing. Accordingly, the Debtor's sole
source of income to pay Creditors' Allowed Claims will be derived
from the sale of the Property.

The managing members of the Debtor are John Pribble and Lynn Boyer.
John Pribble and Lynn Boyer shall remain the managing members of
the Reorganized Debtor.

Upon the Effective Date of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor shall
continue to exist and operate the same business purpose that
existed prior to the Petition Date. With or without the Property,
the Debtor shall continue to be a Texas limited liability company
formed as a special purpose entity to hold title to certain tracts
of real property pending disposition of the same.

The Debtor has executed that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement
and Joint Escrow Instructions dated August 28, 2025 (the "PSA")
with Cima Investment Group, LLC, (the "Buyer"). The Buyer will
comply with all requirements under the CDSS's diligence process for
approval as the replacement Sponsor for the Property under the
Program. As set forth in the Plan, the Debtor proposes to sell the
Property to the Buyer to be operated in compliance with the Use
Restrictions under the Program.

Upon the Plan's confirmation, the Debtor, the Buyer, and the CDSS
shall perform the terms of the PSA and proceed to closing. The Net
Proceeds from the sale of the Property to the Buyer under the PSA
shall be used to pay all creditors in full. The CDSS shall retain
all rights, Liens and remedies under the unmodified terms of the
Program Documents. The Property is insured, and the construction
milestones will be reinstated upon the Buyer's resumption of the
Property renovations. The CDSS and the Property shall be restored
to the exact same position as if Shangri-La had not defaulted.

The Debtor does not believe there would be any distribution to
holders of unsecured claims if the CDSS were to sell the Debtor's
Property at a foreclosure sale. A sale to the Buyer as the
replacement Sponsor for the Property under the Program will result
in the payment to all creditors in full. The Net Proceeds from the
sale of the Property represent the sole source of funds to pay any
Allowed Claims. Without a sale of the Property, the Debtor will
have no funds to pay Allowed Claims.

Under the Plan, the Debtor will sell the Property to the Buyer
under the terms of the PSA, as led by Hilco, a national commercial
real estate firm with significant experience in bankruptcy. Hilco
is a diversified real estate consulting and advisory firm that
assists businesses in real estate acquisition, disposition, and
commercial lease restructuring of all types of real estate, both
nationally and internationally.

Class 4 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Each holder
of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim in Class 4 Claims will be
paid in full in cash from the Net Proceeds remaining after all
Allowed Administrative Expense Claims and Allowed Priority Claims
have been paid in full but, in no event, later than five Business
Days after the Effective Date of the Plan. Class 4 is Unimpaired
and deemed to accept the Plan.

Class 5 consists of Allowed Equity Interests in the Debtor. The
equity interest holders in the Debtor, John Pribble and Lynn Boyer,
will retain their Equity Interests in the Reorganized Debtor in the
same class and amount as the Debtor prior to the Petition Date.
Class 5 is Unimpaired and deemed to accept the Plan.

The Debtor's ability to pay Allowed Claims depends on the ability
of the Debtor to sell the Property. Based upon the PSA, the fair
market valuation of the Property, and Debtor's substantial equity
in the Property, the Debtor is confident that the PSA will close
and fund providing for sufficient liquidity allowing the Debtor to
timely make the payments to Allowed Claims provided for under the
Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated September 19,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=7JXvpx from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Thomas C. Scannell, Esq.
     Zachary C. Zahn, Esq.
     Foley & Lardner LLP
     2021 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1600
     Dallas, TX 75201
     Telephone: (214) 999-3000
     Facsimile: (214) 999-4667
     Email: tscannell@foley.com
            zzahn@foley.com

                             About PBREIA, LLC

PBREIA, LLC is a single-asset real estate company whose principal
property is located in San Diego, California.

PBREIA, LLC in Arlington, TX, sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-42439) on July 2, 2025,
listing $1 million to $10 million in assets and $100,000 to
$500,000 in liabilities. Lynn Boyer as member, signed the
petition.

Judge Mark X Mullin oversees the case.

FOLEY & LARDNER, LLP serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


PERASO INC: Regains Nasdaq Bid Price Compliance
-----------------------------------------------
Peraso Inc. announced that it has received a letter from The Nasdaq
Stock Market LLC notifying the Company that it has regained
compliance with the Nasdaq Capital Market's minimum bid price
continued listing requirement.

The letter noted that, as of September 18, 2025, the Company
evidenced a closing bid price of its common stock in excess of the
$1.00 minimum requirement for 10 consecutive trading days.

Accordingly, the Company has regained compliance with Nasdaq
Marketplace Rule 5550(a)(2) and Nasdaq considers the matter
closed.

                         About Peraso Inc.

Headquartered in San Jose, California, Peraso Inc. --
www.perasoinc.com -- is a pioneer in high-performance 60 GHz
unlicensed and 5G mmWave wireless technology, offering chipsets,
antenna modules, software and IP.  Peraso supports a variety of
applications, including fixed wireless access, immersive video and
factory automation.  In addition, Peraso's solutions for data and
telecom networks focus on Accelerating Data Intelligence and
Multi-Access Edge Computing, providing end-to-end solutions from
the edge to the centralized core and into the cloud.

In its report dated March 28, 2025, the Company's auditor, Weinberg
& Company, issued a "going concern" qualification, attached to the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31,
2024, citing that during the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, the Company
incurred a net loss and utilized cash in operations.  These
conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.

As of June 30, 2024, the Company had $5.53 million in total assets
against $3.74 million in total liabilities.


POWER SOLUTIONS: Gary Winemaster Holds 6.3% Equity Stake
--------------------------------------------------------
Gary S. Winemaster, disclosed in a Schedule 13D (Amendment No. 22)
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that as of
September 18, 2025, he beneficially owns 1,455,259 shares of Power
Solutions International, Inc.'s common stock, consisting of
1,454,578 shares with sole voting and dispositive power and 681
shares with shared voting and dispositive power, representing 6.3%
of the 23,029,846 shares outstanding as reported by the Issuer in
its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2025.

Gary S. Winemaster may be reached through:

     Gary S. Winemaster
     2140 Kingfish Road
     Naples, Fla. 34102
     Tel: (630) 350-9400

A full-text copy of Gary S. Winemaster's SEC report is available
at: https://tinyurl.com/4bd78s6s

                       About Power Solutions

Wood Dale, Ill.-based Power Solutions International, Inc.,
incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in 2011,
designs, engineers, manufactures, markets and sells a broad range
of advanced, emission-certified engines and power systems that are
powered by a wide variety of clean, alternative fuels, including
natural gas, propane, and biofuels, as well as gasoline and diesel
options, within the power systems, industrial and transportation
end markets. The Company manages the business as a single
reportable segment.

Chicago, Ill.-based BDO USA P.C., the Company's auditor since 2018,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated March
24, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the Company
will not have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to repay amounts
owed under its existing debt arrangements as they become due in
2025 without additional financing and uncertainties exist about the
Company's ability to refinance, amend or extend these debt
arrangements. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of December 31, 2024, Power Solutions International had $328.2
million in total assets, $262.9 million in total liabilities, and
$65.3 million in total shareholders' equity.



PRECIPIO INC: Leviticus Partners Holds 8% Equity Stake
------------------------------------------------------
Leviticus Partners LP, disclosed in a Schedule 13G filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that as of September 19,
2025, it beneficially owns 130,000 shares of Precipio, Inc.'s
common stock, with sole voting and dispositive power over all
130,000 shares, representing 8.0% of the 1,625,000 shares
outstanding as reported by the Issuer.

Leviticus Partners LP may be reached through:

    Adam M. Hutt, Managing Member
    32 Old Mill Road
    Great Neck, N.Y. 11023
    Tel: 212-871-5700

A full-text copy of Leviticus Partners LP's SEC report is available
at:

                         About Precipio

Omaha, Neb.-based Precipio, Inc., formerly known as Transgenomic,
Inc. -- http://www.precipiodx.com/-- is a healthcare solutions
company focused on cancer diagnostics. Its business mission is to
address the pervasive problem of cancer misdiagnoses by developing
solutions to mitigate the root causes of this problem in the form
of diagnostic products, reagents, and services.

New Haven, Conn.-based Marcum LLP, the Company's auditor since
2016, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 27, 2025, attached to the Form 10-K, citing that the Company
has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred
significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its
obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern. The Company has incurred substantial operating
losses and has used cash in its operating activities for the past
several years. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company
had a net loss of $4.3 million, compared to $5.9 million in 2023,
and net cash provided by operating activities of $0.4 million.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Company had $17 million in total assets,
$4.9 million in total liabilities, and a total stockholders' equity
of $12.1 million.


PROFESSIONAL DIVERSITY: Directors Long Yi, Eloisa Sultan Step Down
------------------------------------------------------------------
Professional Diversity Network, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that the
Board of Directors received the resignation of each of Mr. Long Yi
and Ms. Eloisa Sultan as a director of the Company.

The Company has been advised by each of Mr. Long Yi and Ms. Eloisa
Sultan that their respective decision to resign is not the result
of any disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to the
Company's operations, policies or practices.

The Board is in the process of identifying and evaluating potential
candidates to fill the vacancies resulting from these
resignations.

                    About Professional Diversity

Professional Diversity Network, Inc., headquartered in Chicago,
Illinois, operates online and in-person professional networks with
a focus on diversity, employment, and career development.  The
Company serves women, ethnic minorities, military professionals,
persons with disabilities, LGBTQ+ individuals, and students
transitioning into the workforce through its technology platform.
It runs three business segments: TalentAlly Network, which provides
job-seeking communities and career resources for diverse groups and
employers; NAPW Network, a women-only professional networking
organization; and RemoteMore, a service connecting global companies
with software developers.

In its audit report dated March 31, 2025, Sassetti LLC issued a
"going concern" qualification citing that the Company has incurred
recurring operating losses, has a significant accumulated deficit,
and will need to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and
the costs of its operations.  These conditions raise substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company had an accumulated deficit of $103,612,710 at June 30,
2025.  During the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company
generated a loss from continuing operations, net of tax, of
$1,233,147.  During the six months ended June 30, 2025, the Company
used cash in continuing operations of $779,651.  At June 30, 2025,
the Company had a cash balance of $125,081.  Total revenues were
$3,146,076 and $3,417,302 for the six months ended June 30, 2025
and 2024, respectively.  The Company had a working capital deficit
from continuing operations of $1,919,261 at June 30, 2025 and a
working capital from continuing operations of $270,695 at Dec. 31,
2024.

The Company stated it is keeping a close watch on operating
expenses and capital needs, noting that management is working to
cut costs through staff reductions, renegotiating with certain
vendors, and using technology to lessen manual work in routine
tasks.  It cautioned that if these efforts are not enough, it may
have to sell other assets or shut down certain business lines.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company reported $7.33 million in total
assets, $3.49 million in total liabilities, and $3.84 million in
total stockholders' equity.


QT HAU: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 31
-------------------------------------------------------
QT Hau LLC received a one-month extension from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, to use the
cash collateral of Open Bank.

The court's order extended the Debtor's authority to use cash
collateral from September 30 to October 31 to pay the expenses set
forth in its budget, which projects total monthly expenses of
$27,718.89.

As protection for any diminution in the value of its collateral,
Open Bank will be granted a first priority security interest in and
lien on all property acquired by the Debtor after its bankruptcy
filing. This replacement lien does not apply to any Chapter 5
causes of action.

As additional protection, the Debtor was ordered to pay Open Bank
the sum of $24,456.48 by October 17. The payment, which represents
7.5% contractual non-default interest, will be applied against
interest due under the loan.  

The Debtor's authority to access cash collateral terminates on
October 31 or upon occurrence of so-called events of default,
whichever comes first.

Events of default include the Debtor's failure to comply with the
order and cure the default; conversion of the Debtor's Chapter 11
case to one under Chapter 7; appointment of a trustee; and entry of
an order vacating or reversing the cash collateral order.

The next hearing is scheduled for October 28.

The Debtor owes Open Bank $2,975,000 under a promissory note dated
December 10, 2021. The debt is secured by a first priority lien on
the Debtor's real property in Baltimore, Maryland. Rents from the
property constitute cash collateral.

As of May 29, Open Bank claims the following amounts are due under
the note: $2,863,198.46 in principal, $477,475.96 in interest,
$28,360.02 in late charges, $106,868.72 for advanced real estate
taxes, and $1,026.63 in other fees.

                         About QT Hau LLC

QT Hau, LLC is a single-asset real estate debtor, as defined in 11
U.S.C. Section 101(51B).

QT Hau sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr.) on May 29, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported
between $1 million and $10 million in assets and liabilities.

David Simson Musgrave, Esq., at Gordon Feinblatt, LLC is the
Debtor's legal counsel.

Open Bank, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Owen Hare, Esq.
   Cohn, Goldberg & Deutsch, LLC
   1099 Winterson Road, Suite 301
   Linthicum Heights, MD 21090   
   (410) 296-2550
   ohare@cgd-law.com


RANA REAL: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Nov. 4
--------------------------------------------------------------
Rana Real Estate, LLC got the green light from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of Florida, Orlando Division, to use
cash collateral.

At the hearing on September 25, the court authorized the Debtor's
interim use of cash collateral and set a further hearing for
November 4.

As part of its pre-petition financing, the Debtor executed loan
documents, including promissory notes, mortgages, and security
agreements, pledging various assets such as rents, accounts
receivables, chattel paper, contracts, documents, cash, and bank
accounts as collateral for certain mortgage lenders.

The lenders include Kiavi Funding, Inc. and TVC Funding III, LLC,
which have secured interests in specific real properties located in
Florida, with liens on related rents and proceeds. The properties,
including those located in Gainesville and Kissimmee, Fla., are
encumbered by the lender's security interests. The Debtor
acknowledges the delinquency of payments on these properties,
specifically for property taxes and various payments due to the
lenders, and offers to address these obligations through the use of
cash collateral.

Rents, receivables, and other pledged collateral are part of the
Chapter 11 estate under 11 U.S.C. Section 541(a)(1) and (6) and are
essential to the ongoing operations of the Debtor's business.
Specifically, the Debtor rents out three units of real estate,
including residential leases and AirBNB rentals. The rental income
from these properties, except for the Gainesville property, is set
to begin accruing as of October 1.

In order to continue operations, the Debtor intends to use the cash
collateral to meet its post-petition contractual obligations,
including property taxes, insurance, and other business expenses.
Without access to this collateral, the Debtor's ability to continue
business operations would be jeopardized.

                    About Rana Real Estate LLC

Rana Real Estate LLC owns three properties in Gainesville and
Kissimmee, Florida, with a total appraised value of approximately
$1.98 million.

Rana Real Estate LLC sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-05881) on
September 17, 2025.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Grace E. Robson handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Bryan K. Mickler, Esq. at the Law
Offices of Mickler & Mickler LLP.


RAS DATA: Seeks to Sell Rail Car Management Biz at Auction
----------------------------------------------------------
RAS Data Services Inc. seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, to
sell Property at auction, free and clear of liens, claims,
interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtor is an economically productive business with one major
problem: over a period of years, its former CEO misappropriated
roughly $20 million of its funds, leaving the Debtor hopelessly
unable to pay its debts to its customers. Given that the Debtor has
no secured debt, those customers are the chief constituency for
whom the bankruptcy case is being run. Moreover, the customers
essentially hold veto power over the assignment of their contracts
(which are among the Debtor's most valuable assets) because the
Debtor is unable to pay the cure costs needed to assign the
contracts without consent.

In short, the customers collectively hold the power to dictate the
course of the Debtor's bankruptcy case. And based on the Debtor's
inquiries to date (including through regular discussions with the
Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (Committee) and a recent
"town hall" meeting with thirteen of the Debtor's largest
customers), it appears the customers generally want the Debtor to
sell its business as a going concern. This is in part because of
the prospective financial recovery for creditors, but also because
of the benefits of a seamless transition of Customers, and the
Debtor’s employees who service those Customers, to a qualified
purchaser.

The Debtor's inability to force the assumption and assignment of
customer contracts creates something of a chicken-and-egg paradox
when set against potential bidders' interest in knowing which
customer contracts might be assigned. The Debtors proposed solution
is the multi-part process proposed herein, in which potential
bidders submit letters of intent, customers are polled on a
non-binding basis to determine whether they are interested in doing
business in the future with each potential bidder, and potential
bidders use this information to determine whether, and how much,
they are willing to bid.

The creative modifications to the typical Chapter 11 sale process
have been developed by the Debtor and Livingstone in consultation
with the Committee, its counsel, Tucker Ellis LLP, and its proposed
financial advisor, Oxford Restructuring Advisors LLC, in a desire
to address the unique circumstances of the Debtor's case.

The Debtor is a railcar-management company that essentially serves
as an intermediary between its customers, who are owners of freight
railcars, on the one hand, and parties with whom the Customers do
business or incur obligations (including without limitation
railroads, repair shops, railcar lessees, and taxing authorities),
on the other (Vendor/Lessee).

the Debtor has been an economically productive enterprise,
generating profits every year while playing an important role in
interstate commerce. But as set forth in the Declaration, the
Debtor commenced this Chapter 11 Case in the wake of disclosures
that its former CEO misappropriated approximately $20 million of
the Company's funds over a period of years.

The Debtor has no secured debt. Instead, its indebtedness primarily
consists of unsecured contractual obligations to its approximately
80 customers.

Committee and Debtor counsel interviewed prospective investment
bankers and ultimately decided to retain Livingstone Partners LLC,
a banker experienced in distressed middle-market companies
generally, and in the rail industry specifically.

The Debtor seeks authority to utilize between 1.5 million and $2.8
million of its estate's funds for expenses deemed reasonably
necessary to pursue a sale of all or substantially all of its
assets, consistent with a specified budget.

The Debtor intends for the bidding and sale process to occur in
regular communication and consultation with Livingstone, the e
Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (Committee), and the
Committee's professionals, to the extent necessary or appropriate.


The Bidding Procedures set forth a number of criteria to be used in
determining whether a bid is qualified to serve either as the
Stalking Horse Bid or as a bid at the Auction. Among other things,
a bid must be substantially in the form of a form asset purchase
agreement to be filed by the Debtor by October 27, 2025; be
submitted prior to 5:00 p.m. (Central time) on November 21, 2025;
be accompanied by an earnest money deposit in the amount of ten
percent (10%) of the bid; and contain sufficient information
regarding the bidder’s ability to consummate its proposed
transaction.

The Bidding Procedures specify the date and location of the
Auction, which is presently contemplated to be
held at the offices of counsel for the Debtor on December 2, 2025,
at 10:00 a.m. (Central time). The prevailing bid at the Auction
will be the highest and best bid, as determined by the Debtor in
consultation with the Consultation Parties. The Bidding Procedures
also authorize the Debtor to choose the second-highest-and-best bid
to serve as a back-up bid.

The Debtor proposes procedures for assuming and assigning NonMSA
Assignable Contracts.

The Debtor submits it has demonstrated a sound business
justification for the proposed sale of the Sale Assets pursuant to
the Bidding Procedures.

The Debtor submits that cause exists to permit such shortened
notice under the circumstances of the Debtor's Chapter 11 Case.
While the Debtor would have preferred to comply with the
presumptive 14-day timeline, the need to negotiate and obtain
consensus among Livingstone and the Committee as to the complex
and, in many ways, unconventional, Bidding Procedures was deemed to
be of paramount importance.

To provide special, additional, notice of the potential assumption
and assignment of Non-MSA Assignable Contracts, the Assumption
Notice will be served, by facsimile, overnight delivery, or such
other method of service (including email) authorized by
counterparties to Non-MSA Assignable Contracts, within one business
day after the Bid Deadline.

The Debtor submits that requiring the full fourteen days prescribed
by Local Rule 9090-3 before the hearing to consider entry of the
Sale Procedures Order would result in unwarranted delay to the
Asset Sale Process. Under the circumstances present in this Chapter
11 Case, the Debtor requests that the foregoing notice be deemed
adequate and reasonable under the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy
Rules for purposes of the entry of the Sale Procedures Order and
the Sale Approval Order.

        About RAS Data Services Inc.

RAS Data Services Inc. provides railcar management services across
the United States, integrating mechanical and accounting functions
with internet-based applications and 24/7 support to optimize
maintenance costs and fleet utilization. Founded in 2002, the
Company manages approximately 500,000 railcars for shippers,
operating lessors, utilities and short-line railroads.

RAS Data Services Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-11837) on August 1,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $10 million and $50 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Michael B. Slade handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Adam P. Silverman, Esq. at ADELMAN &
GETTLEMAN, LTD.


SHANE BARNES: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Oct. 21
------------------------------------------------------------------
Shane Barnes Construction, LLC received interim approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Alabama,
Northern Division, to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The interim order authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral
until October 21 in accordance with its budget, which projects
total operational expenses of $48,425.

The Debtor may remit $800 to its counsel, without violation of the
interim order, as a bond to provide adequate assurance of future
utility payments.

As adequate protection for the Debtor's use of their cash
collateral, the U.S. Small Business Administration and other
secured creditors will be granted replacement liens on their
collateral, with the same validity and priority as their
pre-bankruptcy liens. These replacement liens are subordinate to
the fee carveout.

A final hearing is scheduled for October 22.

Shane Barnes, a construction company based in Florence, Alabama,
has operated since 2009, specializing in concrete and brick work.
The Debtor is attempting to reorganize under Chapter 11 to
stabilize its finances and meet obligations under a future
confirmed plan.

The Debtor obtained a loan from SBA on September 10, 2020, with an
outstanding balance of approximately $100,000. SBA has a secured
interest in the Debtor's assets, including accounts receivable and
deposit accounts, based on a UCC-1 financing statement. Other
creditors have also filed UCC-1 statements, including Secured
Lender Solutions, LLC, on behalf of First Citizens Bank, though the
Debtor believes that debt has been satisfied. SBA's lien has
priority over all others with respect to the cash collateral.

                 About Shane Barnes Construction

Shane Barnes Construction, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 25-81865) on
September 11, 2025, with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets and
$500,001 to $1 million in liabilities.

Judge Clifton R. Jessup Jr. presides over the case.

Angela Stewart Ary, Esq., at Heard, Ary & Dauro, LLC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.



SHERWOOD HOSPITALITY: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to Oct. 18
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Peter C. Mckittrick of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Oregon extended Sherwood Hospitality Group, LLC and
DVKOCR Tigard, LLC's exclusive periods to file a plan of
reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to October 18 and
December 17, 2025, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtors claim that
extending the Exclusive Periods will allow the Debtors to create a
marketing strategy, timeline for sale, gather marketing data, and
vet these items with secured creditors to propose a confirmable
plan.

The Debtors assert that they seek an extension of thirty days to
have concrete arrangements and details for the proposed treatment
of creditors under the Plan of Reorganization, along with
appropriate timelines and default remedies consistent with the
same. The Debtors need a relatively small amount of time to
finalize arrangements regarding a sale and financing process
leading into a Plan of Reorganization to facilitate the possibility
of proposing a consensual Plan of Reorganization.

The Debtors further assert that the requested extension of the
Exclusive Periods is not proposed to pressure creditors and no
demands have been made by the Debtors upon the creditors with
respect to a Plan of Reorganization. There is no prejudice to any
creditor's interest if the Exclusive Periods are extended.

Sherwood Hospitality Group LLC is represented by:
     
     Thomas W. Stilley, Esq.
     Douglas R. Ricks, Esq.
     Sussman Shank, LLP
     1000 SW Broadway, Suite 1400
     Portland, OR 97205
     Telephone: (503) 227-1111
     Facsimile: (503) 248-0130
     Email: tstilley@sussmanshank.com
            dricks@sussmanshank.com

                    About Sherwood Hospitality Group

Sherwood Hospitality Group LLC, d/b/a Hampton Inn Sherwood
Portland, operating as Hampton Inn Sherwood Portland, is a
hospitality company based in Sherwood, Oregon. The Company manages
a hotel offering amenities like free breakfast, free Wi-Fi, a
heated indoor pool, and a fitness center.

Sherwood Hospitality Group LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Or. Case No. 25-30484) on
February 17, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets between $1 million and $10 million and estimated liabilities
between $10 million and $50 million.

Bankruptcy Judge Peter C. Mckittrick handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Douglas R. Ricks, at SUSSMAN SHANK
LLP.


SIFAT LLC: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to December 1
---------------------------------------------------------
Judge Mark Houle of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central
District of California extended Sifat LLC's exclusive periods to
file a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to
December 1, 2025 and January 30, 2026, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor explains that
this is a complex case, involving valuable real property which the
Debtor believes to be worth substantially more than the debts
against such real property. At this time, there is a major case
contingency pending that will impact the ultimate disposition of
this case, involving the Debtor's pending efforts to reach a
reinstatement agreement with Standard. The Debtor submits that this
case contingency warrants a brief extension of the Debtor's plan
exclusivity periods.

The Debtor claims that it is requesting an extension in good faith
for the purpose of designating an appropriate exit strategy once an
accurate purview of these cases as a whole is established in light
of pending discussions with Standard.

The Debtor asserts that this is its first request to extend any of
its plan exclusivity periods under Section 1121 of the Bankruptcy
Code and the requested extension is within the limits set forth in
Section 1121(d)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. Courts commonly grant
multiple extensions of the exclusivity periods. Therefore, this
factor weighs in favor of extending the Debtor's plan exclusivity
periods.

Sifat LLC is represented by:

     Krikor J. Meshefejian, Esq.
     Levene, Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik LLP
     2818 La Cienega Avenue
     Los Angeles, CA 90034
     Telephone: (310) 229-1234
     Facsimile: (310) 229-1244
     Email: kjm@lnbyg.com  
     
                         About Sifat LLC

Sifat LLC owns and manages a single commercial real estate asset,
an office building located at 2115 Winnie Street in Galveston,
Texas. The Company operates from Newport Beach, California, and is
affiliated with the Cantour Group, which oversees property
development and leasing activities for the building.

Sifat LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 25-11513) on June 2, 2025. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and liabilities
between $10 million and $50 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Mark D. Houle handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by David B. Golubchik, Esq., at Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik LLP.


SOLARWINDS HOLDINGS: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B', Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on SolarWinds
Holdings Inc. to 'B' from 'B+' and removed the rating from
CreditWatch, where S&P placed it with negative implications on
March 21, 2025.

The stable outlook on SolarWinds reflects S&P's stable outlook on
its new parent, Starlight Parent LLC.

Starlight Parent has completed its leveraged buyout of SolarWinds
Holdings Inc.

The downgrade follows SolarWinds Holdings' acquisition by Starlight
Parent LLC. S&P said, "Following the close of the transaction, we
lowered our issuer credit rating on the company to equalize it with
our rating on its new parent because we now consider SolarWinds
Holdings to be a core entity in Starlight Parent's group." This
reflects SolarWinds Holdings' status as a holding company for all
the parent's operating subsidiaries which account for a significant
portion of the consolidated group's operations. Starlight Parent
repaid all of SolarWinds Holdings' outstanding debt as part of the
transaction.

S&P said, "The stable outlook on SolarWinds reflects out stable
outlook on its parent, Starlight Parent. The stable outlook on
Starlight reflects that while SolarWinds will be hampered by an
increase in interest expense and vested restricted stock unit (RSU)
payments, we expect it will keep its business operations stable
such that it sustains leverage below the mid-7x area and generates
positive free operating cash flow (FOCF) over the next 12 months.

"We could lower our rating on Starlight Parent if we believe
SolarWinds will sustain leverage above the mid-7x area or FOCF to
debt of below 3%. This could occur due to higher interest expense,
continued restructuring or vested RSU cash payment costs,
disruptions to its business operations from a sponsor sale or
macroeconomic headwinds, or competitive pressures that hamper
SolarWinds' financial performance.

"While unlikely over the next 12 months, we could look to upgrade
SolarWinds if it decreases its leverage below the 6x area through
debt-funded acquisitions and generates FOCF to debt of well above
5% after its vested RSU cash payments. This could occur if
SolarWinds continues to improve its top-line growth following the
updates to its business strategy and expands its EBITDA margins on
the roll-off of its one-time restructuring costs."



SOUTHWEST FIRE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Oct. 31
---------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Mexico authorized
Southwest Fire Defense, LLC to use cash collateral to fund
operations.

The court authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral from July 28
to October 31 in accordance with its budget. Cash collateral must
be used only for operating and administrative expenses but not for
payments to insiders except ordinary payroll disclosed in the
budget.

The Debtor owes approximately $120,000 to Kapitus LLC; $326,000 to
Cadence Bank, N.A.; and $284,569 to the U.S. Small Business
Administration.

As adequate protection, these secured creditors will continue to
have a security interest on their pre-bankruptcy collateral and
will be granted replacement liens on property acquired by the
Debtor after its Chapter 11 filing that is similar to their
pre-bankruptcy collateral.

As further protection, the Debtor must make $7,500 monthly payments
to Kapitus for September and October.

The Debtor's right to use cash collateral terminates on October 31;
upon appointment of a trustee; dismissal or conversion of tits
Chapter 11 case; or 10 days after notice of default.

A copy of the court order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/LgnZv from PacerMonitor.com.

In a separate order, the bankruptcy court set a deadline of October
6 for the Debtor's second cash collateral motion and October 20 for
objections. The court also scheduled a final hearing on any
objections for October 30.

                 About Southwest Fire Defense LLC

Southwest Fire Defense, LLC provides emergency same-day hazard tree
removal, tree trimming, stump grinding, defensible space creation
and tree risk assessment services in the Santa Fe, New Mexico
area.
Founded in 2014 by former firefighter Daniel A. Martinez, the
company offers free estimates.

Southwest Fire Defense filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.M. Case No.
25-10924) on July 28, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported
total assets of $706,464 and total liabilities of $1,530,318.

Judge Robert H. Jacobvitz handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Christopher M. Gatton, Esq.
   Gatton & Associates, P.C.
   Tel: 505-271-1053
   Email: chris@gattonlaw.com


SPIRIT AIRLINES: Advised by Davis Polk in Chapter 11 Cases
----------------------------------------------------------
Davis Polk is advising Spirit Aviation Holdings, Inc. and its
subsidiaries in connection with cases commenced by the company
under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Spirit
intends to use the chapter 11 process to implement the broad
changes necessary to transition the company for a sustainable
future and position it to deliver the best value in the sky for
years to come.

On August 29, 2025, Spirit filed voluntary chapter 11 petitions in
the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New
York. At hearings held during the first days of the bankruptcy
cases, the Bankruptcy Court granted Spirit's various first day
motions. These approvals enable Spirit to continue operating as
usual, including honoring tickets, reservations, credits and
loyalty points; paying wages and honoring benefits; and paying
certain critical vendors and partners for goods and services
delivered prior to the filing date. The Bankruptcy Court also
authorized Spirit to provide adequate protection to certain of its
secured creditors.

Spirit is committed to safely delivering the best value in the sky
by offering an enhanced travel experience with flexible, affordable
options. Spirit serves destinations throughout the United States,
Latin America and the Caribbean with its all-Airbus Fit Fleet, one
of the youngest and most fuel-efficient fleets in the United
States.

The Davis Polk restructuring team includes partners Marshall S.
Huebner and Darren S. Klein, counsel Christopher Robertson and
Joseph W. Brown and associates Moshe Melcer, Katharine Somers, Noah
Z. Sosnick, Jonathan (Zhenyang) He, Eva (Luying) Wang, Mckenzie K.
Whalen, Susan Oh and Rebecca Sattaur. The capital markets team
includes partner Yasin Keshvargar, counsel Christopher H. Van Buren
and associate Wilson Lin. The litigation team includes partner Ben
Kaminetzky and associate Kevin E. Sette. The tax team includes
partner Patrick E. Sigmon, counsel Leslie J. Altus and associate
Shmuel Dov Sussman. Partner Travis Triano and counsel Justin
Alexander Kasprisin are providing executive compensation advice.
All members of the Davis Polk team are based in the New York
office.

Davis Polk refers to Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, a New York limited
liability partnership, and its associated entities.

                    About Spirit Airlines

Spirit Airlines, LLC (SAVE) is a low-fare carrier committed to
delivering the best value in the sky by offering an enhanced travel
experience with flexible, affordable options. Spirit serves
destinations throughout the United States, Latin America and the
Caribbean with its Fit Fleet, one of the youngest and most
fuel-efficient fleets in the U.S. On the Web:
http://wwww.spirit.com/                     

Spirit Airlines and its affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 24-11988) on Nov. 18, 2024, after
reaching terms of a pre-arranged plan with bondholders.

At the time of the filing, Spirit Airlines reported $1 billion to
$10 billion in both assets and liabilities. Judge Sean H. Lane
oversees the case.

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP as legal counsel;
Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC, as financial advisor; and
Perella Weinberg Partners LP as investment banker. Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC, is the claims agent.

Paul Hastings, LLP and Ducera Partners, LLC serve as legal counsel
for the Ad Hoc Group of Convertible Noteholders.

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, LLP and Evercore Group LLC
represent the Ad Hoc Group of Senior Secured Noteholders.

The official committee of unsecured creditors retained Willkie Farr
& Gallagher LLP as counsel.

Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., is serving as financial advisor and
Latham & Watkins LLP is serving as legal counsel to Frontier.

                       2nd Attempt

Spirit Airlines and its affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-11896) on August 29, 2025. In its
petition, the Debtors reports estimated assets and liabilities
between $1 billion and $10 billion each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Sean H. Lane handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Marshall Scott Huebner, Esq. and
Darren S. Klein, Esq. at Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.


STANLEY UTILITY: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Stanley Utility Contractor, Inc.
        1210 Sweetgum Circle
        Steinhatchee, FL 32359

Business Description: Stanley Utility Contractor, Inc. is a
                      Florida-based construction company
                      specializing in right-of-way and
                      telecommunications infrastructure projects,
                      including fiber deployments, small cell
                      installations, and utility services.  The
                      Company operates primarily in Florida and
                      provides project management, inspection, and
                      maintenance support for its infrastructure
                      work.  Its principal office is in Leesburg,
                      with Michael Stanley listed as president and
                      registered agent.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 29, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Florida

Case No.: 25-40481

Judge: Hon. Karen K. Specie

Debtor's Counsel: Byron W. Wright III, Esq.
                  BRUNER WRIGHT, P.A.
                  2868 Remington Green Circle, Suite B
                  Tallahassee, FL 32308
                  Tel: (850) 385-0342
                  Fax: (850) 270-2441
                  Email: twright@brunerwright.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Michael Stanley as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/5M76VVY/Stanley_Utility_Contractor_Inc__flnbke-25-40481__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


SUNNOVA ENERGY: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to January 5, 2026
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Sunnova Energy International Inc. ("SEI") and its debtor affiliates
asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas
to extend their exclusivity periods to file a plan of
reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to January 5, 2026 and
March 5, 2026, respectively.

The Debtors explain that there is no question that the Debtors'
cases are large and complex. As of the Petition Date, the Debtors
and their affiliates had funded debt obligations of approximately
$8.9 billion, including four tranches of unsecured notes and
billions of dollars of asset-backed securities issued by more than
twenty-five special purpose entities. The Debtors also have an
array of other active commercial and financial stakeholders,
including, among others, the Committee and the DIP Ad Hoc Group, as
well as each constituent's agents, trustees, and advisors.

In addition, administering these chapter 11 cases requires
significant input from the Debtors' management team and advisors on
a wide range of matters necessary to bring structure and consensus
to a large and complex process. Accordingly, the Debtors submit
that the size and complexity of these chapter 11 cases weigh in
favor of extending the Exclusivity Periods.

The Debtors claim that an extension of the Exclusivity Periods will
permit the Debtors to maintain flexibility without competing plans
derailing their ongoing efforts. Moreover, extending the
Exclusivity Periods will benefit the Debtors' estates, their
creditors, and all other key parties in interest and will not
prejudice the Debtors' creditors especially when, as here, all
groups and their advisors have had an opportunity to actively
participate in substantive discussions with the Debtors throughout
these chapter 11 cases.

The Debtors assert that fewer than four months have elapsed since
the Petition Date, and this is the Debtors' first request for an
extension of the Exclusivity Periods. During the brief pendency of
these cases thus far, the Debtors have made significant efforts to
effectuate a number of value-maximizing transactions, including the
Sale Transaction, and identify the most effective path forward, as
laid out in their proposed Plan. Additional time will enable the
Debtors to continue to do so in a value-maximizing, expeditious way
that will serve to benefit both the Debtors' estates and their
stakeholders.

Co-Counsel for the Debtors:                

                        Jason G. Cohen, Esq.
                        Jonathan L. Lozano, Esq.
                        BRACEWELL LLP
                        711 Louisiana Street, Suite 2300
                        Houston, Texas 77002
                        Tel: (713) 223-2300
                        Fax: (800) 404-3970
                        Email: jason.cohen@bracewell.com
                               jonathan.lozano@bracewell.com

Co-Counsel for the Debtors:                

                        Anup Sathy, P.C.
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
                        333 West Wolf Point Plaza
                        Chicago, Illinois 60654
                        Tel: (312) 862-2000
                        Fax: (312) 862-2200
                        Email: anup.sathy@kirkland.com

                          - and -

                        Brian Schartz, P.C.
                        Ciara Foster, Esq.
                        Margaret Reiney, Esq.
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
                        601 Lexington Avenue
                        New York, New York 10022
                        Tel: (212) 446-4800
                        Fax: (212) 446-4900
                        Email: brian.schartz@kirkland.com
                               ciara.foster@kirkland.com
                               margaret.reiney@kirkland.com

                            About Sunnova Energy

Sunnova Energy International Inc. (NYSE: NOVA) is an
industry-leading adaptive energy services company focused on making
clean energy more accessible, reliable, and affordable for
homeowners and businesses. Through its adaptive energy platform,
Sunnova provides a better energy service at a better price to
deliver its mission of powering energy independence.

Sunnova Energy sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-90160) on June 8,
2025. In its petition, the Debto reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $10 billion and $50 billion each.

The Debtor is represented by Jason Gary Cohen, Esq. at Bracewell
LLP.


SUNSET FITNESS: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
--------------------------------------------
Sunset Fitness, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central
District of California, Los Angeles Division, for authority to use
cash collateral and provide adequate protection.

The Debtor is a boutique fitness studio based in Los Angeles,
California, founded in 2018. In July 2022, Eugenia Levchenko and
her partner, Sevana Draayer, purchased the business from Laurenko
Fitness, LLC. Since the acquisition, the Debtor has expanded into a
multi-discipline facility that offers three specialized training
spaces: an indoor cycling studio, a group strength studio, and a
personal training studio. The business operates entirely on a
prepayment model for services, meaning it has no receivables.

The business serves between 1,500 and 2,000 clients per month, with
approximately 400 recurring membership clients. This base generates
between $55,000 and $60,000 in recurring monthly revenue.
Additionally, the business generates revenue from personal training
($15,000 to $20,000), class packages ($15,000 to $20,000),
ClassPass ($20,000 to $25,000), and miscellaneous retail sales
($2,000 to $5,000). As of the petition date, the Debtor's assets
are valued at approximately $70,053, which includes funds in bank
accounts, fitness equipment, and other inventory and supplies.
However, the Debtor does not own any real property.

The Debtor's secured creditors are owed approximately $456,248.
These creditors include:

1. BUG Financial – $36,135, with a UCC-1 Financing Statement
filed on May 9, 2022.
2. Headway Capital – $136,648, with a UCC-1 Financing Statement
filed on November 2, 2023.
3. Cadence Bank (SBA Loan) – $243,117, with a UCC-1 Financing
Statement filed on January 28, 2025.
4. Navitas Credit Union – $40,348, arising from an equipment
lease for 31 Schwinn X Bikes.

In addition to these secured creditors, the Debtor has priority
unsecured creditors, including the Internal Revenue Service and the
Franchise Tax Board, with claims totaling approximately $71,480.
There are also general unsecured creditors, including business
credit cards, a deficiency balance on an equipment lease, workers'
compensation claims, a small SBA loan, and a seller note, with
claims totaling $115,328.

The Debtor proposes to use the cash collateral available in its
pre-petition accounts (approximately $57,853) and future business
income to cover the operational expenses during the interim period.
This proposal is based on a budget, which the Debtor believes
represents the necessary expenses to maintain the business during
this period. However, the Debtor requests authority from the Court
to deviate from the total expenses by no more than 15% or to make
adjustments by category without needing further court approval,
provided the expenditures are within the approved categories.

The Debtor warns that if its ability to use cash collateral is
interrupted, it will not be able to pay its necessary expenses,
which could severely harm the business and its reorganization
prospects. The Debtor also proposes monthly adequate protection
payments to secured creditors as follows:

1. BUG Financial will receive $600 per month starting in October
2025.
2. Headway Capital will receive $565 per month starting in October
2025.
Additionally, Navitas Credit Union will continue its $1,121 monthly
payment for the equipment lease. The Debtor does not currently
propose adequate protection payments to Cadence Bank, but it does
propose to provide them with a replacement lien on the Debtor's
post-petition assets, up to the value of the cash collateral
actually used post-petition.

A court hearing is set for October 21.

           About Sunset Fitness, LLC dba Hype Fitness

Sunset Fitness, LLC dba Hype Fitness is a boutique fitness studio
based in Los Angeles, California.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 2:25-bk-18336) on
September 19, 2025. In the petition signed by Evgenya Levchenko,
chief financial officer, the Debtor disclosed up to $100,000 in
assets and up to $1 million in liabilities.

Judge Neil W. Bason oversees the case.

Michael Jay Berger, Esq., at Law Offices of Michael Jay Berger,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


SUPERIOR ENERGY: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issuer credit rating to
Superior Energy Services Inc., a private U.S.-based oilfield
services company.

S&P said, "We also assigned our 'B+' issue-level rating to SESI,
LLC's proposed notes. The recovery rating of '3' indicates our
expectation for meaningful recovery (50%-70%; rounded estimate:
65%) of principal in the event of default.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Superior will
successfully integrate the Quail Tools acquisition over the next 12
months while navigating the subdued rig count environment in U.S.
land. We project average debt to EBITDA of about 1.7x and funds
from operations (FFO) to debt around 45% in 2026 and 2027.

"Superior Energy has launched an offering of $600 million senior
secured notes through its wholly owned subsidiary SESI LLC. We
expect the company to use the proceeds to repay acquisition debt
and for cash on hand.

"We assigned our 'B+' issuer credit rating to Superior. The rating
reflects the company's high concentration to the oil and gas U.S.
tubular rental market (about 70% of EBITDA), as well as its healthy
geographic diversification with about a third of EBITDA each from
international markets and offshore (primarily US Gulf).
Additionally, it reflects the modest leverage profile of about 45%
FFO to debt, as well as the majority ownership and strategic
control by private-equity firms. Our rating also considers the
company's strong EBITDA margins and solid free cash flow
generation."

Superior is highly concentrated to the US tubular rental market,
which is dependent on drilling and completion activity. Superior
derives approximately 70% of its EBITDA from tubular rentals. It
provides steel pipe, including high quality primary drill strings,
tubing, landing strings, and completion tubulars, at a contracted
rate, primarily to oil and gas (O&G) exploration and production
(E&P) companies.

After acquiring U.S. land peer Quail Tools on Aug. 20, 2025, the
company has a leading market share position in both U.S. land and
in the U.S. Gulf within a fragmented commoditized tubular rentals
market. This is a key competitive advantage, as it allows the
company to procure tubulars on favorable terms and manage
inventories more efficiently.

Overall, the company has a healthy geographic mix with about even
EBITDA generated across the U.S. land (33%), U.S. Gulf (35%), and
international (32%) regions. S&P expects steady activity to support
Superior's international business, which primarily consists of
lower-margin service segments like cementing, coiled tubing, and
wireline. Its largest exposure is the Vaca Muerta in Argentina (8%
of revenue).

The company has above average profitability. Its strong EBITDA
margins stem primarily from the high-margin tubular rentals
business. This segment is highly profitable with EBITDA margins of
approximately 60%. Superior's profitability is partially insulated
due to its established position as the market leader in this
business through its engineering expertise, longstanding
relationships with integrated and national oil companies, multiyear
contracts in its U.S. Gulf and international markets, and limited
competition from the Big 3 oilfield service companies. After
divesting labor- and capital-intensive business segments in 2021
and the recent Quail Tools acquisition, Superior's overall EBITDA
margin of 35%-40% is strong relative to peers in the 'B' ratings
category, such as Tidewater Inc. and Precision Drilling Corp.

Superior is somewhat insulated from U.S. tariffs. Although S&P
expects upward price pressure on new pipe due to U.S. steel
tariffs, the company is somewhat insulated since it replaces only
5%-10% of its tubular fleet annually, primarily through a domestic
supplier. The company has cost-escalators across most of its
customer contracts to pass through a portion of increased supply
costs to customers. Also, given the large pipe fleet, the company
has flexibility to reduce capital spending on new pipe to preserve
cash flow in a less favorable purchasing (or demand) environment.

S&P said, "We expect favorable leverage and cash flow metrics in
2026 due to steady oilfield activity. We forecast higher revenue in
2026 primarily reflecting the acquisition. The company's highest
specification pipe is at full effective utilization (around 80%) in
2025, which we expect will support stable pricing. The company has
also identified about $50 million of cost synergies related to the
Quail acquisition which we anticipate will be mostly achieved in
2026. Our estimate of $175 million of gross capital spending
includes about $125 million of maintenance capital for replacement
pipe while growth capex will likely fund an even mix of the highest
demand pipe inventory and additional equipment in Superior's
international services segment. We project average debt to EBITDA
of about 1.7x and FFO to debt of 45% in 2026 and 2027. We forecast
the company will generate $100 million-$150 million of free cash
flow in 2026, which we expect will fund opportunistic acquisitions
instead of distributions."

The rating also reflects financial-sponsor ownership. Private
equity firms GoldenTree Asset Management L.P., Monarch Alternative
Capital L.P., Glendon Capital Management, and Madison Avenue
Partners have a combined ownership interest of over 70%. In our
view, this gives owners significant influence on Superior's
strategic direction, financial policy, and ultimately its capital
structure. Sponsors have three of six board seats and former
Halliburton CEO, Dave Lesar, is chairman and CEO.

The company took large distributions in 2023 and 2024, which it
financed with cash on hand. These distributions occurred when the
company had a debt-free capital structure prior to the current CEO.
Therefore, we expect the company will prioritize opportunistic
acquisitions over distributions.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that Superior will
successfully integrate Quail Tools over the next 12 months while
navigating the subdued rig count environment in U.S. land. It
project average debt to EBITDA will be about 1.7x and FFO to debt
around 45% in 2026 and 2027.

S&P could lower the rating if FFO to debt below 30% on a sustained
basis. This would most likely occur if:

-- Superior's margins deteriorate severely due to a loss of
pricing power or increased competition; or

-- Crude oil prices drop substantially such that drilling levels
and demand for oilfield services decline and the company is unable
to reduce spending.

S&P could raise its rating if the company:

-- Materially improves its scale of operations; and

-- Maintains FFO to debt well above 30% and positive discretionary
cash flow.



TABERNACLE CHRISTIAN: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Tabernacle Christian Center Ministries Inc.
        4101 SW 61st St Avenue
        Fort Lauderdale, FL 33314

Business Description: Tabernacle Christian Center Ministries Inc.
                      operates as a religious organization based
                      in Florida, providing Christian worship
                      services, educational programs, and
                      community outreach initiatives.  The
                      organization is led by Bishop Jeff
                      Terrelonge and conducts activities including
                      Sunday worship, Bible study, youth services,
                      and volunteer-driven community programs.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 29, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Florida

Case No.: 25-21466

Debtor's Counsel: Mark S. Roher, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICE OF MARK S. ROHER, P.A.
                  1806 N. Flamingo Rd., Ste 300
                  Pembroke Pines, FL 33028
                  Tel: 954-353-2200
                  Email: mroher@markroherlaw.com

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Jefferington P. Terrelonge as
president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's four unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/DKSCZ3I/Tabernacle_Christian_Center_Ministries__flsbke-25-21466__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


THRILL INTERMEDIATE: Case Summary & 20 Top Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Thrill Intermediate LLC
             10801 W. Charleston Boulevard, Ste. 600
             Las Vegas, NV 89135

Business Description: Thrill Intermediate LLC, a Las Vegas-based
                      holding company, through its direct and
                      indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, creates
                      and produces television content and has at
                      times produced live entertainment events,
                      most notably the MTV show Ridiculousness, a
                      30-minute studio clip show where host Rob
                      Dyrdek and co-hosts comment on viral videos
                      featuring stunts, mishaps, and everyday
                      chaos, which constitutes roughly half of
                      MTV's programming.  The Company also manages
                      subsidiaries involved in media production,
                      digital marketing, event management, and
                      intellectual property.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 28, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court  
       District of Nevada


Affiliate that filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code on September 28, 2025:

   Debtor                                          Case No.
   ------                                          --------
   Thrill Intermediate LLC                         25-15714
   10801 W. Charleston Boulevard, Ste. 600
   Las Vegas, NV 89135

Affiliates that filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code on September 29, 2025:

   Debtor                                          Case No.
   ------                                          --------
   Thrill Holdings LLC                             25-15715
   Superjacket Productions LLC                     25-15716
   Purple Shark, LLC                               25-15717
   Perfect Feet Productions, LLC                   25-15718
   Crown Media Entertainment, LLC                  25-15719
   Conduit Post, LLC                               25-15720
   Nitrocross IP Holdings LLC                      25-15721
   Nitro Rallycross LLC                            25-15722

Judge: Hon. Mike K Nakagawa

Debtors' Counsel: Gregory E. Garman, Esq.
                  GARMAN TURNER GORDON LLP
                  7251 Amigo Street, Suite 210
                  Las Vegas, NV 89119
                  Tel: 725-777-3000

Thrill Intermediate's
Estimated Assets: $50 million to $100 million

Thrill Intermediate's
Estimated Liabilities: $100 million to $500 million

The petitions were signed by Jeremy Rosenthal as chief
restructuring officer.

A full-text copy of Thrill Intermediate's petition is available for
free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/JHWAMSY/THRILL_INTERMEDIATE_LLC__nvbke-25-15714__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Thrill Intermediate LLC's 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

  Entity                            Nature of Claim   Claim Amount

1. U.S. Bank Trust Company, N.A.                       $90,122,315
Administrative Agent
214 North Tryon Street,
27th Floor
Charlotte, NC
28202-1078
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

2. U.S. Bank Trust                                     $52,955,611
Company, N.A.
Administrative Agent
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

3. U.S. Bank, National Association                         $12,708
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC
28202-1078
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

4. 34th Street Funding LLC                                 Unknown
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Company, N.A.
214 North Tryon Street,
27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

5. Bayern Invest                                           Unknown
c/o fund BayernInvest
SDF 2-Fonds
KarlstraBe 35
80333 Munchen,
Germany

6. Cion Investment Corporation                             Unknown
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Company N.A.
214 North Tryon Street,
27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@us bank.com

7. MGG SF Drawdown                                         Unknown
Unlevered Mstr. Fund III
(Cayman) LP
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Co. N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202

8. MGG SF Drawdown                                         Unknown
Unlevered Offshore III
SPV S.A.R.L.
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Co. N.A
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202

9. MGG SF Evergreen LP                                     Unknown
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Company N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

10. MGG SF Evergreen                                       Unknown
Mstr. Fund (CAYMAN) LP
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Co. N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202

11. MGG SF Evergreen                                       Unknown
Unlevered Mstr. Fund II
(CAYMAN) LP, c/o
U.S. Bank Trust Co. N.A
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202

12. MGG US Direct                                          Unknown
Lending Fund 2019 LP
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Company N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

13. Nevada Department of Taxation                               $0
Bankruptcy Section
700 E. Warm
Springs Rd. Ste 200
Las Vegas, NV 89119

14. PCP VI Thrill One                                      Unknown
Holding, L.P.
c/o PGIM, Inc.
Two Prudential Plaza
180 N Stetson Ave.,
Suite 5600
Chicago, IL 60601

15. PGIM Capital                                           Unknown
Partners Mgmt.
Fund VI LP
c/o U.S. Bank Trust
Company, N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

16. PGIM Capital                                           Unknown
Partners VI, L.P.
c/o U.S. Bank Trust
Company, N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

17. PGIM Non-US                                            Unknown
Investors US Senior Debt I
c/o U.S. Bank Trust
Company, N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202

18. PGIM PCP (Parallel                                     Unknown
Fund) VI Fund
c/o U.S. Bank Trust Company , N.A.
214 North Tryon
Street, 27th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28202
Email: alexandra.robb@usbank.com

19. PGIM Senior Loan                                       Unknown
Opportunities
Management Fund I,
L.P. c/o PGIM, Inc.
101 California
Street, Suite 4000
San Francisco, CA 94111
Email: mitchell.reed@prudential.com

20. PGIM Senior Loan                                       Unknown
     
Opportunities (Levered)
I, L.P. c/o PGIM, Inc.
101 California
Street, Suite 4000
San Francisco, CA 94111
Email: mitchell.reed@prudential.com


TRIO BIDCO: S&P Assigns 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issuer credit rating on Trio
BidCo Inc. (doing business as Trace3), the same as the existing
rating on Escape Velocity.

S&P said, "We also assigned our 'B' issue-level and '3' recovery
rating on Trace3's proposed $950 million first-lien senior secured
term loan B and $100 million delayed draw first-lien term loan.
(expected to be undrawn at close).

"The stable outlook on Trace3 reflects our expectation that secular
demand for IT services, cloud, and AI will support revenue growth,
which, together with cost synergies, will improve EBITDA and lower
leverage below 6.5x over the next 12 months. It further assumes
that the company will employ financial policies that support these
expectations."

Affiliates of funds managed by Apollo Global entered into a
definitive agreement in August to acquire a majority ownership
position in Escape Velocity Holdings Inc. and are now proposing a
$950 million first-lien term loan, due in 2032, to partially
finance the transaction.

The financing plan also includes a $300 million senior secured ABL
facility, which will be fully available for channel financing and
includes a committed $225 million sublimit for revolving
borrowings, as well as a $100 million delayed-draw term loan,
accessible over a period of up to 24 months.

S&P said, "Our view of Escape Velocity's business remains unchanged
by this financial transaction. However, due to the incremental debt
financing it, we expect pro forma leverage to increase to
approximately 7x. Although this is about a full turn above the
expectations in our current rating on Escape Velocity, we
anticipate the company's solid operating prospects and plans for
cost synergies to support deleveraging to low-6x within the next 12
months.

"The 'B' rating reflects our expectation that, despite high
leverage at closing, Trace3's credit metrics will improve below
6.5x over the next 12 months. Following the incremental debt from
the proposed transaction, we estimate that pro forma S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage as of June 30, 2025, will increase to
approximately 7x, up from 6.1x as of June 30, 2025."

The company's recent operating results showed solid momentum,
supported by favorable secular trends, including rising enterprise
demand for IT services, cloud, and AI-related solutions. Management
has targeted roughly $19 million of cost savings, consistent with
Apollo's strategies around operational excellence. Trace3's
supplier relationships with TDSYNNEX--a prior, highly successful
Apollo investment--demonstrate these targets are achievable within
the next 12 months.

The company will incur one-time costs of approximately $13 million
over the next 12 months to pursue cost savings. While this will
largely offset near-term benefits, the full run-rate benefit of
these synergies will be captured in Trace3's 2027 operating
performance.

Trace3's growth prospects, planned synergies, and cash flow
generation support our deleveraging expectations. Our base case
assumes that secular demand for IT services, cloud, and AI
underpins strong prospects for revenue growth, which, together with
cost synergies, will drive EBITDA improvement and deleveraging. It
further assumes that the company achieves a more favorable interest
margin on the new debt and should only see a modest increase in
interest expense relative to its existing capital structure under
Escape Velocity. Thus, even with higher debt levels, S&P expects
Trace3 to generate good levels of free cash flow.

S&P forecasts the company will generate good free operating cash
flow (FOCF) in both 2026 and 2027. Trace3's minimal capital
expenditure (capex) and modest annual working capital needs enable
it to generate healthy FOCF, with a FOCF to debt of 7% in both
years.

Trace3's proposed delayed draw term loan (DDTL) and its track
record of pursuing debt-funded acquisitions could hinder
deleveraging. While we anticipate that Trace3's leverage will
improve over the next two years, primarily due to EBITDA growth,
there is some risk of further leveraging from potential future
acquisitions or shareholder distributions. Over the last seven
years, Trace3 has completed six acquisitions; as we believe scale
drives competitive positioning, inorganic growth through add-on
acquisitions will remain key for Apollo to expand geographic reach,
broaden solution capabilities, and enter high-growth verticals. S&P
thinks the significant capacity available to the company under its
undrawn revolving credit facility provides financing for future
unspecified acquisitions. Futhermore, plans to raise a $100 million
DDTL signal Apollo's intent to pursue its acquisitive growth
strategy.

The stable outlook on Trace3 reflects S&P's expectation that
secular demand for IT services, cloud, and AI will support revenue
growth, which, together with cost synergies, will drive EBITDA
improvement and deleveraging below 6.5x over the next 12 months. It
further assumes that the company will employ financial policies
that support these expectations.

S&P could lower its ratings on Trace3 if:

-- Weak operating performance leads it to sustain leverage above
6.5x or FOCF to debt of low-single-digit percent or below. This
would likely occur due to weaker demand from its customers or
supply chain disruptions that reduce its margins; or

-- The company pursues further debt-financed dividends or
acquisitions without first reducing its leverage.

Although unlikely, S&P could raise its ratings on Trace3 if:

-- The company reduces leverage below 5x;

-- Management adopts a less-aggressive shareholder return strategy
and commits to maintain leverage of below 5x; and

-- Business improvements increase revenue and EBITDA base
comparable with higher rated peers.



VENUS CONCEPT: Board OKs Transaction Completion Bonuses for 2 Execs
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Venus Concept Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that the Board of Directors
approved the award of transaction completion bonuses to Rajiv De
Silva and Domenic Della Penna, to be paid in accordance with
transaction completion bonus award letters upon completion of a
Strategic Transaction (as defined in the Award Letter).

The Awardees are each eligible to receive a transaction completion
bonus that will be paid in the form of cash and/or cash equivalents
in the manner and ratio proscribed by the Strategic Transaction.
The bonus amounts for each Awardee are subject to a range
calculated based on the size of the Strategic Transaction.

     * Mr. De Silva's transaction completion bonus payment ranges
from $715,000 to approximately $2.12 million.
     * Mr. Della Penna's transaction completion bonus payment
ranges from $338,000 to approximately $1 million.

In addition, each bonus payment is contingent upon the satisfaction
of certain terms and conditions set forth in the respective Award
Letters, including, but not limited to:

     (a) the successful completion of a Strategic Transaction
resulting in a change of control, as determined by the Board,
within the time period prescribed in the Award Letters and
     (b) the Awardee is an active, full-time employee of the
Company, in good standing as determined in the reasonable
discretion of the Board, on the Payment Date (as defined in the
Award Letters).

The foregoing description of the Award Letters does not purport to
be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
provisions of the Award Letters, a form of which is available at
https://tinyurl.com/bdzcru2n

                        About Venus Concept

Toronto, Ontario-based Venus Concept Inc. is an innovative global
medical technology company that develops, commercializes, and
delivers minimally invasive and non-invasive medical aesthetic and
hair restoration technologies and related services. The Company's
systems have been designed on cost-effective, proprietary, and
flexible platforms that enable the Company to expand beyond the
aesthetic industry's traditional markets of dermatology and plastic
surgery, and into non-traditional markets, including family
medicine and general practitioners and aesthetic medical spas.

Mississauga, Canada-based MNP LLP, the Company's auditor since
2019, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 31, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the Company
has reported recurring net losses and negative cash flows from
operations, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $63.09 million in total
assets, $60.31 million in total liabilities, and $2.33 million in
total stockholders' equity.


VENUS CONCEPT: Secures $2 Million in Twelfth Bridge Loan Draw
-------------------------------------------------------------
Venus Concept Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that the lenders agreed to
provide the borrower Venus Concept USA, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, with a subsequent drawdown under the
Loan and Security Agreement in the principal amount of $2,000,000.


The Twelfth Delayed Drawdown was funded on September 19, 2025. The
Company expects to use the proceeds of the Twelfth Delayed
Drawdown, after payment of transaction expenses, for general
working capital purposes.

As previously disclosed, on April 23, 2024, Venus Concept Inc.,
Venus Concept USA, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,
Venus Concept Canada Corp., a wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of
the Company, and Venus Concept Ltd., a wholly-owned Israeli
subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Loan and Security
Agreement, with Madryn Health Partners, LP and Madryn Health
Partners (Cayman Master), LP and Madryn, as administrative agent.
Pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement (as amended), the
Lenders agreed to provide the Borrower with bridge financing in the
form of a term loan in one or more draws in an aggregate principal
amount of up to $5,000,000 which amount was subsequently increased
to $23,237,906.85. Borrowings under the Bridge Financing will bear
interest at a rate per annum equal to 12%.

On the maturity date of the Bridge Financing, the Loan Parties are
obligated to make a payment equal to all unpaid principal and
accrued interest. The Loan and Security Agreement also provides
that all present and future indebtedness and the obligations of the
Borrower to Madryn shall be secured by a priority security interest
in all real and personal property collateral of the Loan Parties.

     * The initial drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on April 23, 2024, when the Lenders agreed to provide the
Borrower with bridge financing in the form of a term loan in the
principal amount of $2,237,906.85.

     * The second drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on July 26, 2024, when the Lenders agreed to provide the
Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $1,000,000.

     * The third drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on September 11, 2024, when the Lenders agreed to provide
the Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $1,000,000.

     * The fourth drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on November 1, 2024, when the Lenders agreed to provide
the Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $1,000,000.

     * The fifth drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on November 26, 2024, when the Lenders agreed to provide
the Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $1,200,000.

     * The sixth drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on December 9, 2024, when the Lenders agreed to provide
the Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $1,500,000.

     * The seventh drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on January 27, 2025, when the Lenders agreed to provide
the Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $3,000,000.

     * The eighth drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on February 21, 2025, when the Lenders agreed to provide
the Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $2,300,000.

     * The ninth drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on April 4, 2025, when the Lenders agreed to provide the
Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $2,000,000.

     * The tenth drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on May 22, 2025, when the Lenders agreed to provide the
Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $2,000,000.

     * The eleventh drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on July 21, 2025, when the Lenders agreed to provide the
Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $2,000,000.

     * The twelfth drawdown under the Loan and Security Agreement
occurred on August 21, 2025, when the Lenders agreed to provide the
Borrower with a subsequent drawdown under the Loan and Security
Agreement in the principal amount of $2,000,000.

For additional information regarding the Bridge Financing, please
see the Current Report on Form 8-K, including the exhibits thereto,
filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 24, 2024.

                        About Venus Concept

Toronto, Ontario-based Venus Concept Inc. is an innovative global
medical technology company that develops, commercializes, and
delivers minimally invasive and non-invasive medical aesthetic and
hair restoration technologies and related services. The Company's
systems have been designed on cost-effective, proprietary, and
flexible platforms that enable the Company to expand beyond the
aesthetic industry's traditional markets of dermatology and plastic
surgery, and into non-traditional markets, including family
medicine and general practitioners and aesthetic medical spas.

Mississauga, Canada-based MNP LLP, the Company's auditor since
2019, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 31, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the Company
has reported recurring net losses and negative cash flows from
operations, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $63.09 million in total
assets, $60.31 million in total liabilities, and $2.33 million in
total stockholders' equity.


VERRA MOBILITY: S&P Rates Sub's New $689MM Sec. Term Loan B 'BB+'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue-level rating and '1'
recovery rating to the proposed $689 million senior secured term
loan B due 2032 issued by Verra Mobility Corp.'s subsidiary VM
Consolidated Inc. The company will use the proceeds from this
issuance to refinance its existing $689 million term loan B due
2028. The '1' recovery rating indicates its expectation for very
high (90%-100%; rounded estimate: 95%) recovery for lenders in the
event of a payment default. The 'BB+' issue-level and '1' recovery
ratings are both one notch higher than its previous 'BB'
issue-level and '2' recovery ratings on the company's existing term
loan. The improved recovery prospects for first lien lenders
reflects the company's voluntary debt repayment as well as a modest
increase to our valuation due to its solid organic growth.

S&P's 'BB-' issuer credit rating and stable outlook on Verra
Mobility are unchanged.

Verra Mobility reduced its leverage to 2.5x on a rolling-12-month
basis as of June 30, 2025, from 2.9x as of the end of 2024, on an
improvement in its financial performance. S&P said, "We anticipate
the company will continue to use its free cash flow to fund share
repurchases. Despite some softness in travel demand during the
first half of 2025, we expect Verra will solidly increase its
revenue by 5%-6% in both 2025 and 2026, supported by contract wins
in its government solutions segment and elevated product adoption
and tolling activity in its commercial services segment."

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- The company's capital structure comprises a $125 million
asset-based lending (ABL) facility due 2026, a $689 million term
loan B due 2032, and $350 million of senior unsecured notes due
2029. The ABL is secured by, and benefits from, a lien on Verra's
most liquid assets (e.g., receivables and inventory), while the
term loan facility is secured by a lien on substantially all its
other assets and a second-priority lien on the ABL collateral.
VM Consolidated Inc. is the borrower under the ABL and term loan
agreement and the issuer of the senior unsecured notes.

-- S&P said, "In conjunction with assigning ratings to the
proposed term loan due in 2032, we raised our issue-level rating on
the company's existing senior secured term loan due in 2028 to
'BB+' from 'BB', in line with the proposed issuance. We expect to
withdraw our ratings on the existing term loan due in 2028 when the
transaction closes."

-- S&P's simulated default scenario envisions a default occurring
due to a significant decline in the company's EBITDA stemming from
a material drop in its top-line revenue, likely caused by
non-renewals from key customers in its government solutions and
commercial services segments. In addition, legislation regarding
camera safety measures further jeopardizes the revenue from the
company's safety camera installations.

-- The company is headquartered in the U.S. and all its debt is
denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, for the purposes of S&P's
recovery analysis it assumes Verra would file for bankruptcy in the
U.S.

-- S&P said, "Given the company's advanced proprietary
technologies and scalable platform, we believe it would remain a
viable business and reorganize rather than liquidate following a
payment default. We value Verra on a going-concern basis using a 6x
multiple of our projected emergence EBITDA. We assume about 8% of
Verra Mobility's revenues at default is generated from nonguarantor
entities."

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2029

-- EBITDA at emergence: About $140 million

-- Multiple: 6x

-- Gross enterprise value: About $835 million

Simplified waterfall

-- Valuation split (obligors/nonobligors): 92%/8%

-- Net recovery value after 5% administrative expenses: About $790
million

-- Collateral available to secured claims after priority ABL
claims: About $675 million

-- Secured first-lien debt claims: About $675 million

    --Recovery expectations: 90%-100% (rounded estimate: 95%

-- Senior unsecured notes claims: About $360 million

    --Recovery expectations: 0%-10% (rounded estimate: 5%)




VIKING CRUISES: S&P Rates New $1.7BB Senior Unsecured Notes 'BB'
----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issue-level rating and '4'
recovery rating to Viking Cruises Ltd.'s proposed $1.7 billion
senior unsecured notes due 2033. The '4' recovery rating indicates
its expectation for average (30%-50%; rounded estimate: 40%)
recovery for noteholders in the event of a default. The company
plans to use the net proceeds from this offering along with balance
sheet cash to redeem its existing 5.875% senior secured notes due
2027 and refinance existing ship leases with maturities ranging
from 2030 to 2034.

The proposed debt-for-debt refinancing is leverage neutral.
However, it will improve Viking's debt maturity profile while also
decreasing the amount of secured debt in its capital structure.
Additionally, repaying certain existing ship leases will unencumber
three ocean ships (Viking Orion, Viking Jupiter, and Viking Mars)
and one expedition ship (Viking Octantis). As a result, these ships
will be available to cover Viking's unsecured claims, improving the
recovery prospects for its unsecured lenders.

S&P said, "As a result, we revised our recovery rating on Viking's
existing unsecured notes to '4' from '5' and raised our issue-level
rating to 'BB' from 'BB-'. We assume certain ship-level financings
with low balances are not refinanced, given the debt is already
materially amortized and there is clear visibility on the company's
ability to meet the remaining amortization schedule.

"The transaction does not affect our 'BB' issuer credit rating or
stable outlook on Viking. Financial policy uncertainty remains a
key constraint to ratings upside.

"Viking modestly underperformed our revenue expectations and
performed in-line with our EBITDA expectations in the first half of
2025. We expect revenue will grow by 21%-22% and EBITDA margin will
be in the 27%-28% range in 2025. Viking's strong forward bookings
provide solid revenue visibility, with 64% of its 2026 capacity
sold. In 2026, we expect revenue will grow by 13%-14% supported by
capacity growth and higher pricing. We expect EBITDA margin will be
in the 25%-26% range, as revenue growth from increased capacity and
higher pricing is offset by higher fuel costs and marketing
expenses to drive growth. As a result, we expect leverage will
decline to the mid-1x area in 2025 and low-1x area in 2026, and
funds from operations (FFO) to debt will increase to the 55%-60%
area in 2025 and above 80% in 2026."

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- S&P assigned its 'BB' issue-level rating to Viking's proposed
$1.7 billion unsecured notes due 2030. S&P's '4' recovery rating
indicates its expectation of average (30%-50%; rounded estimate:
40%) recovery in the event of a payment default.

-- S&P also revised its recovery rating on Viking's existing
unsecured notes to '4' from '5' and raised its issue-level ratings
on this debt to 'BB' from 'BB-'.

-- S&P's issue-level rating on Viking's $675 million senior
secured notes due in 2028 remains 'BB+'. Its '2' recovery rating
indicates its expectation of substantial (70%-90%; rounded
estimate: 75%) recovery for noteholders in the event of a payment
default. The Viking Star, Viking Sky, and Viking Sea ocean ships
serve as collateral for the $675 million secured notes issued at
subsidiary Viking Ocean Cruises Ltd.

-- S&P's issue-level rating on Viking's $350 million senior
secured notes due in 2029 remains 'BB+'. The '2' recovery rating
indicates its expectation of substantial (70%-90%; rounded
estimate: 70%) recovery. The Viking Venus ocean ship serves as
collateral for the $350 million secured notes issued by subsidiary
Viking Ocean Cruises Ship VII Ltd.

Simulated default assumptions

-- S&P's simulated default scenario considers a payment default in
2030 due to a significant decline in cash flow, stemming from a
prolonged economic downturn, significant health or safety event,
escalating geopolitical conflicts, or intensifying competitive
pressures that significantly reduce demand for cruising.

-- S&P uses a discrete asset valuation (DAV) approach rather than
an enterprise value approach because certain creditors receive
priority claims against specific assets under Viking's capital
structure. S&P expects lenders to pursue the specific collateral
pledged to them.

-- S&P incorporated the financing and related collateral value for
ocean ships that are scheduled to be delivered prior to our assumed
year of default in 2030: Viking Mira and Viking Libra, both to be
delivered in 2026; Viking Astrea, to be delivered in 2027, ship XVI
and ship XVII, to be delivered in 2028; and ship XVIII, to be
delivered in 2029.

S&P said, "Viking's river vessels continue to serve as collateral
for the specific loan agreements used to finance them, which are
held at subsidiary Viking River Cruises Ltd. We incorporated the
financing and related collateral value for five river ships to be
delivered in 2026. For the remaining 2026 scheduled river ship
deliveries, we assume Viking takes delivery and pays with cash. We
assume it also takes delivery of two additional river vessels in
2027 and pays for them with available cash. As a result, the value
from these ships is available to satisfy unsecured claims. We
exclude from our DAV analysis any other river ships on order or
ship options that do not yet have committed financing.

"We assume Viking's revolver, which is currently $375 million, is
85% drawn at default. Viking expects to materially increase the
size of its revolving credit facility but has not yet received
commitments for the upsize. As a result, we do not currently
incorporate a larger revolver into our recovery analysis. Viking
anticipates the borrower, guarantor, and security would remain the
same. In that scenario, if the company were to enter into a larger
revolver which we would assume is 85% drawn at default, we believe
it is plausible that recovery prospects for unsecured lenders would
not be impaired enough to revise our '4' recovery rating, although
the rounded estimate could be lower. We plan to monitor the
company's progress toward a larger revolver and assess the terms
and recovery impact if it were to secure an upsize.
Under our analysis, any residual value at Viking Ocean Cruises and
Viking Ocean Cruises Ship VII Ltd. (after satisfying secured notes
balances assumed at default) and any residual value at Viking Ocean
Cruises II and Viking River Cruises (after satisfying ship debt
balances assumed at default) would flow to the parent, Viking, to
satisfy unsecured claims. The planned repayment of four existing
ship leases will unencumber Viking Orion, Viking Jupiter, Viking
Octantis, and Viking Mars). As a result, their value will be
available to cover Viking's unsecured claims, improving unsecured
recovery prospects.

"To calculate DAV, we apply discounts to the appraised values of
Viking's ships and to the cost of its planned ships. These
incorporate both a depreciation factor to reflect the decline in
value before the assumed point of hypothetical default and an
assumed realization rate. For ocean ships, we apply discounts of
25%-50% depending on the age of the ship. For expedition ships, we
apply an approximate 25% discount. For river ships, we apply
discounts of 50%-65% depending on the age of the ship. The higher
discount rate for the river ships reflects our view that there
would be a smaller pool of potential buyers for these assets given
their niche nature and the smaller river cruise market compared
with the ocean cruise market.

"We assume administrative claims total 7% of gross DAV because we
expect the complexity of Viking's capital structure, including
multiple classes of debt at the parent and various subsidiaries
that benefit from different collateral pools as well as
multijurisdictional considerations, to increase administrative
costs."

Simplified waterfall

-- Gross recovery value: $6.2 billion

-- Net recovery value (after 7% administrative costs): $5.8
billion

-- Net residual value for unsecured claims and secured deficiency
claims: $1.8 billion

-- Deficiency claims from subsidiary debt: $982 million

-- Unsecured notes: $3.0 billion

     --Recovery for unsecured notes: 30%-50% (rounded estimate:
40%)

-- Net recovery value available for $350 million senior secured
notes backed by Viking Venus and including its pro rata share of
value available to unsecured claims: $268 million

    --Recovery for senior secured notes: 70%-90% (rounded estimate:
70%)

-- Net recovery value available for $675 million secured notes
backed by Viking Star, Viking Sea, and Viking Sky, and including
its pro rata share of value available to unsecured claims: $553
million

    --Recovery for senior secured notes: 70%-90% (rounded estimate:
75%)

All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.



VISTA GLOBAL: Fitch Affirms & Then Withdraws 'B+' IDR
-----------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Vista Global Holding Limited's (Vista)
Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'B+' with a Stable
Outlook. Fitch has also affirmed the senior unsecured ratings on
the bonds issued by VistaJet Malta Finance P.L.C. and Vista
Management Holding Inc. at 'BB-' with Recovery Ratings of 'RR3'.
The notes are guaranteed by Vista and key operating companies Vista
(US) Group Holdings Limited and VistaJet Group Holding Limited.
Simultaneously, Fitch has withdrawn all ratings.

The IDR reflects Vista's global market position in a fragmented
market, diversification and growing share of contracted revenue,
but also niche operations, concentrated ownership with key man risk
and volatility in on-demand services.

Fitch has chosen to withdraw the rating for commercial reasons and
will no longer provide ratings and analytical coverage on the
company.

Key Rating Drivers

High Leverage Decreasing: Fitch estimates Vista's EBITDAR leverage
will decline to about 5.0x in 2025, from 5.8x at end-2024. This
will be supported by a reduction in gross debt following a USD600
million equity-like transaction earlier in 2025, substantial
repayment of debt, including financial leases, and improving
EBITDAR. Fitch expects moderate growth in operations and
profitability to support further leverage improvement to about 4.7x
in 2026.

Equity-like Funding Improves Financial Structure: Vista repaid
around USD1 billion of debt (including about USD400 million of
lease liabilities) with the proceeds of the USD600 million
equity-like funding and the USD700 million term loan. Gross
adjusted debt fell to USD4.1 billion at end-June 2025, from USD4.5
billion at end-2024. In addition to reducing leverage, these
transactions improved the debt maturity profile, supported
liquidity, increased the unencumbered fleet and raised the EBITDA
margin through lower lease payments, as part of the lease debt was
repaid from equity proceeds.

Cash Generation Moderately Positive: In 2024, the company remained
free cash flow (FCF) negative, but the outflow was materially lower
than in 2023. Negative FCF was driven mainly by
higher-than-expected capex and sizable working capital outflow.
Fitch expects EBITDA growth to support consistently positive FCF
(before lease-debt repayment above P&L lease expense), supporting
leverage consistent with the rating. Fitch continues to expect
negative working capital after the outflow in 1H25. Fitch does not
assume material external growth in its rating case.

Stable Profitability: Fitch forecasts Vista's Fitch-defined EBITDAR
will rise to about USD800 million in 2025 (2024: USD786 million),
with a margin of around 28.3%. In 1H25, Vista had about USD400
million of Fitch-calculated EBITDAR, supported by solid growth in
the Program segment and higher aircraft utilisation after the
disposal of less profitable aircraft. Fitch forecasts further
EBITDAR growth in 2026-2028, supported by moderate revenue growth
and a growing share of higher-yield Program revenue in the mix.

Increasing Revenue and Profit Visibility: Fitch estimates the share
of contracted Program revenues to gradually rise from 52% in 2024,
consistent with the company's strategy. Under the Program,
customers underwrite use-it-or-lose-it three-year (on average)
contracts, providing greater visibility of the company's results.
Fitch anticipates gradually increasing EBITDAR margin to about 29%
in 2028, as a result of this strategy.

Solid Competitive Performance: In 2024 Vista outperformed the
market in flight hours growth, with an increase of about 5%,
compared with a 1% decrease for the global market, driven primarily
by the growth in Program live hours. This was partially offset by
lower On Demand hours due to divestment of the inefficient Citation
fleet. In 2Q25 Vista's on-fleet flight hours increased by 10% YoY,
compared with market growth of 3%. Vista's global coverage provides
some resilience relative to its peers.

Highly Fragmented Sector: The global private aviation market is
highly fragmented and Vista's market share is about 5%, despite
being one of the leading operators. The market structure provides
growth opportunities for the best performers, but there are strong
competitive pressures. Vista has historically expanded more quickly
than providers proposing fractional or full ownership aviation
services to customers.

Full Spectrum of Asset-light Services: Vista's business profile
benefits from its full spectrum of asset-light services as an
alternative to aircraft ownership for customers. It offers
different size and range of aircraft types, various membership
benefits and a global footprint, especially after acquisitions. Its
forecasts do not assume further M&A and further debt-funded M&A
could put pressure on the rating.

Peer Analysis

In Fitch's view, Vista operates a niche product, which
differentiates it from airlines in its business model and cost
structure. More broadly, Vista's large share of revenue under fixed
contracts, with a customer base that is more resilient than the
general public to economic cycles and a floating fleet (aircraft
not anchored to certain airports) are key differentiating factors
from commercial airlines. This all supports the company's higher
debt capacity than some second-tier commercial airlines at a given
rating.

Within the private aviation sector, compared with providers with
fractional or full asset ownership, Vista offers lower all-in costs
and higher flexibility as well as no asset residual risk to
customers.

Key Assumptions

- Average number of aircraft in service at 210 aircraft in 2025,
increasing to 225 in 2028

- Average fleet yield to slightly increase in 2025-2028

- Aircraft utilisation to grow gradually during 2025-2028

- Share of Program live hours in total live hours to continue to
increase from 52% in 2024

- All cost factors to grow in line with their nature (fixed versus
variable) to 2028

- Average EBITDAR at USD846 million in 2025-2028

- Capex at USD206 million in 2025

- Average interest costs (excluding leases) at about USD240 million
in 2025-2028

- Working capital outflow at USD100 million in 2025

- No dividend pay-out during 2025-2028, post the USD600 million
equity-like funding

Recovery Analysis

The recovery analysis assumes that Vista would be recognised as a
going concern in bankruptcy rather than liquidated. Fitch has
assumed a 10% administrative claim.

Going-concern EBITDA of USD650 million assumes a downturn in the
private-aviation industry where Vista's utilisation by aircraft
remains subdued, and is 7% lower than its 2025 EBITDA forecast,
which improved compared with 2024, driven by a substantial decrease
of lease expense following repayment of large portion of leases
earlier this year.

Fitch applies a distressed enterprise value/EBITDA multiple of 5x
to calculate a going-concern enterprise value, reflecting Vista's
leading niche market position, high customer retention rate of
around 90% and a large proportion of contracted revenue, albeit
partially limited by its moderate scale.

The waterfall analysis output percentage for senior unsecured debt
on current metrics and assumptions is commensurate with 'RR3'.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Not applicable as the ratings have been withdrawn.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

At end-June 2025, Vista's available liquidity (its cash balance and
undrawn revolving credit facility of USD315 million) exceeded
short-term financial debt (excluding lease payments). In 2025,
Fitch expects the company to generate more than USD100 million of
FCF (after lease expense), which should further improve liquidity.
In addition to debt maturities, Vista has about USD65 million of
deferred consideration payable in 2025 for past acquisitions (USD37
million already paid in 1H25).

Vista had a sizeable working-capital outflow in LTM to 2Q25 of
about USD130 million. Fitch has conservatively forecast
working-capital outflows in 2025-2028.

Issuer Profile

Vista is a global provider of private aviation services through its
market-leading asset-light and technology-driven platform. As of
end-2024, it operated a fleet of 214 aircraft.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

Vista Global Holding Limited has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Governance Structure due to concentrated ownership, which has a
negative impact on the credit profile, and is relevant to the
ratings in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt              Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------              ------           --------   -----
VistaJet Malta
Finance P.L.C.

   senior unsecured   LT     BB- Affirmed      RR3      BB-

   senior unsecured   LT     WD  Withdrawn

Vista Management
Holding Inc.

   senior unsecured   LT     BB- Affirmed      RR3      BB-

   senior unsecured   LT     WD  Withdrawn

Vista Global
Holding Limited       LT IDR B+  Affirmed               B+
                      LT IDR WD  Withdrawn


WAHL TO WAHL: Court to Hold Cash Collateral Hearing Today
---------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of New York is
set to hold a hearing today to consider another extension of Wahl
to Wahl Auto, LLC's authority to use cash collateral.

The court's initial order issued on September 26 approved the
Debtor's interim use of cash collateral to pay operating expenses
in accordance with its budget.

The initial order granted secured creditors rollover liens on and
security interests in their collateral, with the same validity,
priority and extent as their pre-bankruptcy liens on and security
interests.

Located in Cooperstown, N.Y., Wahl to Wahl Auto's business was
formed in 2013 and currently employs 16 workers. The Debtor's
Chapter 11 filing was necessitated by escalating financial
pressures, including rising operating costs, high-interest
borrowing, seasonal cash flow fluctuations, and increased
competition following the COVID-19 pandemic and industry
consolidation.

Despite growing from one employee and $200,000 in sales in 2011 to
18 employees and over $3 million in revenue, the business model --
relying on short-term credit to bridge seasonal slumps -- has
become unsustainable. Facing another slow season and mounting debt,
the Debtor determined that Chapter 11 reorganization was the only
viable path to maintain operations and restructure debt
obligations.

Based on a UCC search, there are nine known secured parties with
possible claims to the Debtor's cash assets, including KeyBank,
Automotive Finance Corporation, U.S. Small Business Administration,
ACV Capital, On Deck Capital, NBT Bank, NextGear Capital, and
Vernon Capital. The Debtor does not concede that the secured
creditors' claims are valid but it is willing to allow a "rollover
lien" to preserve existing lien priorities while reserving its
right to challenge the validity or perfection of those interests.

                 About Wahl to Wahl Auto LLC

Wahl to Wahl Auto LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. N.Y. Case No. 25-60846) on
September 22, 2025. In the petition signed by Anthony S. Wahl, sole
member, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Peter A. Orville, Esq., at Orville & McDonald Law, P.C., represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


WAHL TO WAHL: Seeks to Hire Orville & McDonald Law as Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Wahl to Wahl Auto LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of New York to hire Orville & McDonald
Law, P.C. as counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

     (a) give the Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession legal advice with
respect to their powers and duties in the continued operation of
its business and in the management of their property;

     (b) take necessary action to avoid liens against Debtor's
property, remove restraints against Debtor's property and such
other actions to remove any encumbrances or liens which are
avoidable, which were placed against the property of the Debtor
prior to the filing of the Petition and at a time when the Debtor
was insolvent;

     (c) take necessary action to enjoin and stay until final
decree herein any attempts by secured creditors to enforce liens
upon property of the Debtor's in which property Debtor has
substantial equity;

     (d) represent the Debtor, as Debtor-in-Possession, in any
proceedings which may be instituted in this Court by creditors or
other parties during the course of this proceeding;

     (e) prepare on behalf of the Debtor, as Debtor-in-Possession,
necessary petitions, answers, orders, reports and other legal
papers; and

     (f) perform all other legal services for the Debtor as
Debtor-in-Possession or to employ attorneys for such services.

The firm will be paid at these hourly rates:

     Peter Orville, Attorney      $350
     Zachary McDonald, Attorney   $300
     Non-Lawyer Staff             $125

In addition, the firm will seek reimbursement for expenses
incurred.

The firm requested a retainer in the amount of $10,262 from the
Debtor.

Orville & McDonald Law, P.C. is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to
court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

     Peter A. Orville, Esq.
     ORVILLE & McDONALD LAW, P.C.
     30 Riverside Drive
     Binghamton, NY 13905
     Telephone: (607) 770-1007

          About Wahl to Wahl Auto LLC

Wahl to Wahl Auto LLC, doing business as Wahl To Wahl Car Sales,
operates a 34-acre auto recycling facility and used car dealership
in Otsego County, New York.

Wahl to Wahl Auto LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.N.Y. Case No.
25-60846) on September 22, 2025. At the time of filing, the Debtor
estimated $1,096,667 in assets and $1,925,266 in liabilities. The
petition was signed by Anthony S Wahl as sole member.

Peter A. Orville, Esq. at Orville & McDonald Law, P.C. represents
the Debtor as counsel.


WALKER EDISON: Judge Rejects Escrow of $4MM in Chapter 11 Case
--------------------------------------------------------------
Emlyn Cameron of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that on
Monday, September 30, 2025, a Delaware bankruptcy judge denied a
request to force online furniture seller Walker Edison to reserve
about $4 million from a potential sale for a logistics company
claiming a lien on the funds.

The Troubled Company Reporter, citing Alex Wittenberg of Law360
Bankruptcy Authority, previously reported that on Tuesday, Sept.
23, 2025, Walker Edison informed a Delaware
bankruptcy judge that it is close to finalizing an agreement with
lenders, unsecured creditors, and additional parties to share
proceeds from its planned asset sale. The court raised concerns
about whether adequate notice of the arrangement had been
provided.

                 About Walker Edison Holdco

Walker Edison, a Delaware corporation headquartered in West Jordan,
Utah, designs and distributes affordable, ready-to-assemble home
furnishings, operating primarily through e-commerce channels rather
than traditional retail stores. Its business is managed by Walker
Edison Intermediate, LLC and Walker Edison Holdco, LLC, and it owns
EW Furniture, LLC, a Utah-based subsidiary. The company sources
most products from suppliers in Asia and Brazil, distributing them
through its Ohio and California centers or directly via major
e-commerce platforms including Wayfair, Amazon, Walmart, Target,
and Home Depot, with gross sales of roughly $124.6 million in
2024.

Walker Edison Holdco, LLC and three affiliates filed Chapter 11
petitions (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 25-11602) on August 28,
2025. At the time of the filing, Walker Edison Holdco listed up to
$50,000 in assets and between $100 million and $500 million in
liabilities.

Judge Thomas M. Horan oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, LLP as legal
counsel; Lincoln International, LLC as investment banker; MACCO
Restructuring Group, LLC as transformation advisor. Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC is the Debtors' notice, claims and
administrative agent.


WBI OPERATING: S&P Assigns 'BB-' ICR, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned a 'BB-' issuer credit rating to WBI
Operating LLC (WBI) based on its view of the company pro forma for
the new capital structure.

S&P also assigned a 'BB-' issue-level rating to the proposed notes,
The recovery rating is '3', indicating its expectations for
meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 50%) recovery in the event
of a default.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that WBI will
maintain S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA of less than
4.0x through 2026.

WBI issued $1.4 billion senior unsecured notes due in 2030 and 2033
and established a $500 million commitment senior secured revolving
credit facility (RCF) due in 2030.

The proceeds of the senior unsecured notes and recently executed
initial public offering (IPO) will be utilized to pay down the
existing debt at WaterBridge Operating LLC (WBR) and WaterBridge
NDB Operating LLC (NDB).

WBI is the largest pure-play water infrastructure company in the
U.S. The company was created via the merger of WBR and NDB, with a
combined asset base of 2,600 miles of pipelines, 190 water handling
facilities, 4.5 million barrels per day (bbl/d) of produced water
handling capacity, and two energy waste management facilities
provides a modest operating scale that is the largest in the U.S.
As a result, S&P's expects WBI's 2026 S&P-adjusted EBITDA to be
within the $395 million - $405 million range. WBI also includes
assets of Desert Environmental Holdings LLC, a provider of energy
waste management solutions in the Delaware basin. The majority of
the company's activity is concentrated in the Delaware basin where
about 88% of its water handling volumes are generated, with smaller
operations in the Eagle Ford and Arkoma basins. The geographic
concentration is partially offset by the Delaware basin's economic
advantage compared with other basins in the U.S., given the basin's
low average breakeven cost, attraction of higher number of drilling
rigs that accounts for around 25% of total production in the lower
48 states, and a growing water-to-oil ratio that supports the need
for WBI's services.

The company's customer base is diverse, but is exposed to
volumetric risk. S&P said, "WBI has a semi-diversified customer
base across broader E&P producers, about half of which we rate
investment grade with a weighted-average remaining contract life of
11 years. These contracts are largely fee-based acreage dedications
with small minimum volume commitments (MVCs) that subject the
company to volumetric risk because adverse oil price movement could
lead to activity curtailment from its upstream customers. We view
MVCs favorably because they provide a revenue floor if lower
commodity prices lead to changes in drilling activity."

Growth projects will constrain free operating cash flow (FOCF) in
2026. S&P said, "We expect the company's free cash flows will be
negative in 2026 following the anticipated capital expenditure
(capex) of $320 million-$370 million in 2025 (pro forma) and 2026.
The growth capex involves a 450,000 barrel-per-day (bbl/d) capacity
pipeline that was completed in July 2025, mostly to handle produced
water from bpx Energy Inc.'s (a subsidiary of BP) activities in
Reeves County, after the company announced a commercial agreement
in January with bpx Energy that included 10-year MVCs.
Additionally, in April 2025, the company announced the construction
of a 1 million bbl/d capacity water transportation pipeline, that
will extend across the northern Delaware basin. As a result, we
expect WBI will utilize the available RCF to fund the capex when
there is an operating cash flow shortfall."

S&P said, "We forecast leverage will be in the 3.2x-3.7x range
through 2027. Given the repayment of the existing $1.7 billion
indebtedness with the newly issued $1.4 billion notes and cash
proceeds from its recent IPO, we forecast WBI's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted debt to EBITDA to be around 3.6x in 2026. This
incorporates anticipated draw on the RCF to part-fund growth
projects. We believe the company's leverage will improve to about
3.2x in 2027 based on our expectation of EBITDA growth, as
completed capital projects come online and capacity is contracted,
as well as the expectation the company will repay any drawn amount
under the RCF using free cash flows.

"We expect WBI's financial policy to be conservative, although Five
Point Energy retains control. WBI publicly stated that, after the
IPO, it targets long-term net leverage lower than 3.5x, compared
with a run-rate leverage of 4.5x, pro forma for the IPO and merger
of WBR and NDB. We estimate the company's leverage threshold
corresponds to S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage of 3.6x-3.8x.
Our adjusted debt includes gross financial debt plus leases, while
our adjusted EBITDA is net of some nonrecurring expenses. That
said, Five Point will remain the controlling shareholder over the
medium term with about 50% ownership and can unilaterally make key
financial policy decisions such as leverage threshold and cash flow
use. As a result, we have assessed the company's financial policy
as FS-5, which caps its financial risk profile at aggressive."

Access to underutilized pore spaces gives the company a competitive
edge. Increased seismic activities in the Delaware basin prompted
the Texas Railroad Commission (TRC) to implement Seismic Response
Areas and volume curtailments. Competition for acceptable water
injection zones has since intensified. The company's access to pore
space on acreage of LandBridge Company LLC--a leading Delaware
basin landowner with which the company has a synergistic
relationship--and Texas Pacific Land Corp., as well as the
strategic location of the company's assets to transport produced
water from areas with high pore pressure to handling facilities in
areas with underutilized pore space, provide some competitive
advantage. Consequently, S&P expects water handling volumes to be
resilient.

The stable outlook reflects S&P"s view that WBI will complete its
growth projects in a timely manner and on budget while maintaining
leverage in the 3.5-4.0x range through 2026.

S&P could lower the rating if adjusted leverage increases to above
4.0x on a sustained basis. This could occur if:

-- A sharp decline in crude oil leads to sustained reduced
drilling activity; or

-- The company pursues a more aggressive financial policy.

Although unlikely in the near term, S&P could take a positive
rating action if the company increases scale, as well as geographic
and customer diversification, while maintaining leveraging under
3.0x. This would likely stem from increased volumes from its growth
capex projects.


WESTCHESTER 3148: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Westchester 3148 LLC
        810 Chestnut Ridge Rd.
        Spring Valley, NY 10977

Business Description: Westchester 3148 LLC, a single-asset real
                      estate debtor under 11 U.S.C. Section
                      101(51B), owns and operates a multi-family
                      rental property at 3148 Westchester Ave.,
                      Bronx, NY, valued at $1.1 million.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: September 29, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of New York

Case No.: 25-22921

Judge: Hon. Sean H Lane

Debtor's Counsel: H. Bruce Bronson, Esq.
                  BRONSON LAW OFFICES PC
                  480 Mamaroneck Ave
                  Harrison, NY 10528-1621
                  Tel: (914) 269-2530
                  Fax: (888) 908-6906
                  Email: hbbronson@bronsonlaw.net

Total Assets: $1,098,000

Total Liabilities: $1,230,540

The petition was signed by Mordechai Szoffer as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's four largest unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ZJS5N6Y/Westchester_3148_LLC__nysbke-25-22921__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


WINDSTREAM SERVICES: Fitch Rates Proposed Secured Notes 'BB-'
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB-' rating and Recovery Rating of
'RR1' to the proposed senior secured notes offering from Uniti's
subsidiary Windstream Services LLC. The net proceeds, along with
proceeds from the recently announced term loan, will be used to
refinance the 10.5% senior secured notes due 2028.

Fitch expects the recombination of Uniti and Windstream to generate
significant operating synergies. Fitch also expects the continued
decline in legacy services and the negative impact of elevated
capex over the next four years will result in higher leverage,
negative FCF, and reduced interest coverage.

Key Rating Drivers

Windstream Acquisition: On May 3, 2024, Uniti announced its
acquisition of Windstream. The merger, which closed on Aug. 1,
2025, positions the combined company in Tier II and Tier III
markets with significant opportunities to increase its fiber build
and drive attractive fiber broadband sub growth. Management
projects up to $100 million in operating expense and $20
million-$30 million in capex synergies.

Fitch expects the merger will provide operating efficiencies as the
company brings more traffic on net and targets incremental
opportunities within the combined network. The combined company
aims to reach two million subscribers by the end of 2025 (up from
the prior target of about 1.9 million by 2027). Uniti targets an
additional 1.5 million homes to be passed by YE 2029. The company's
fiber plant passed 37% of its footprint at YE 2024 and plans to
pass approximately 43% by YE 2025.

Revenue Pressures Continue: Fitch expects the combined company, and
particularly its Uniti Solutions segment, will experience revenue
pressure in the near term from declining legacy-products-related
revenue and effects of competition. This pressure should be offset
over time with growth in the consumer fiber business as the company
continues to pass additional households with fiber and increases
penetration levels as well as exploiting emerging opportunities
related to AI-driven growth.

Elevated Leverage: Fitch expects the PF leverage of the combined
company as of YE 2025 to be in the low-6x range. Leverage is
expected to remain elevated over the next several years due to
revenue and EBITDA pressures from Windstream's legacy revenue and
high capex for planned Fiber to the Home deployments. Fitch expects
EBITDA Interest coverage to be weak for the rating over the next
several years.

Negative FCF: Fitch expects capex needs will result in material
cash flow deficits for the next three-plus years due to the
elevated capex to fund the FTTH build. Uniti is expected to access
the capital markets, including potential ABS funding, to fund
expected cash flow shortfalls. However, Fitch expects FCF should
start to improve after 2028 as these expenditures decrease and
EBITDA shows improvement.

Limited Liquidity: Liquidity at June 30, 2025 for standalone Uniti
was approximately $740 million, consisting of about $240 million in
cash and revolver availability of about $500 million. The $500
million revolving facility matures in September 2027. Liquidity at
June 30, 2025 for standalone Windstream was approximately $491
million, consisting of about $163 million in cash and revolver
availability of about $328 million. The combined company has
limited maturities until 2028 when roughly $2.85 billion of secured
debt matures. Fitch expects the company will need to raise
additional capital to fund the cash flow shortfalls.

Parent-Subsidiary Linkage: Windstream Services LLC, Uniti Group
LLC, Uniti Fiber Holdings Inc and Uniti Group Inc. have the same
IDR because of comprehensive cross-guarantee provisions in
long-dated bonds.

Peer Analysis

Uniti is a hybrid company with characteristics of an incumbent
operator through its Kinetic business unit (ILEC business) which
operates in smaller urban or rural areas in 18 states. Uniti offers
business services through Uniti Solutions (CLEC). The Fiber
Infrastructure business provide infrastructure to other
communication providers, hyperscalers and wireless towers.

Legacy Uniti's network is one of the largest independent U.S. fiber
providers, along with Zayo Group Holdings, Inc. Uniti's and Zayo's
business models are unlike the wireline business of communications
services providers, including AT&T Inc. (BBB+/RWN), Verizon
Communications Inc. (A-/Stable) and Lumen Technologies (CCC+/Rating
Watch Positive). Uniti and Zayo are infrastructure providers that
communications service providers may use to offer retail services
including wireless, voice, data and internet.

The Windstream acquisition adds 4.3 million Kinetic households. The
combined company owns 237,000 national wholesale fiber route miles,
with first-mover advantage in Tier II and Tier III markets.
Windstream brings an enterprise business similar to AT&T, Verizon
and Lumen, although significantly smaller

Uniti's business profile is similar to both Frontier Communications
Parent, Inc. (B+/Rating Watch Positive) and Cincinnati Bell Inc.
(B/Stable). Uniti has less exposure to the residential market than
Frontier. Consumers account for about one-third of Uniti's revenue
but over half of Frontier's.

Frontier will have a larger scale than the combined company and
operates at slightly lower leverage compared to the combined
company's expected leverage of about 6x in 2025. Cincinnati Bell is
further along in its fiber transition, with its Cincinnati build
largely completed and its Hawaii build 60+% complete, and it has
lower leverage.

Key Assumptions

For the Combined Company:

- $3.76 billion of pro forma 2025 revenue for the combined Uniti
and Windstream;

- Pro forma 2025 EBITDA of $1.5 billion;

- Revenue expected to decline low single digits in 2026, flat in
2027 before turning to low single-digit growth thereafter;

- EBITDA margins show general improvement over time as
higher-margin fiber business becomes a larger portion of the
whole;

- Combined pro forma capex expected to be $1.25 billion in 2025 and
$1.33 billion in 2026;

- Preferred equity dividends paid in kind.

Recovery Analysis

The recovery analysis assumes that Uniti would be considered a
going concern in a bankruptcy and that the company would be
reorganized rather than liquidated. Fitch has assumed a 10%
administrative claim. The recovery analysis reflects new Uniti's
standalone credit silo waterfall. The revolvers are assumed to be
fully drawn.

The going-concern EBITDA estimate reflects Fitch's view of
sustainable, post-reorganization EBITDA, upon which Fitch bases the
company's valuation. This leads to a post-reorganization EBITDA
estimate of $1.335 million. EBITDA pressures could result from
increased competitive pressures from cable and fixed wireless
access companies as well as slower-than-expected demand from
hyperscalers and other wholesale customers.

Post-reorganization valuation uses a 6.0x enterprise value
multiple. The multiple reflects the higher asset value of the fiber
networks as Uniti continues to build out its network.

The multiple is in line with the range for telecom companies
published in Fitch's "Telecom, Media and Technology Bankruptcy
Enterprise Values and Creditor Recoveries" report. The most recent
report indicates a median of 5.4x.

Other wireline companies that have made significant investments in
fiber have traded at enterprise multiples of between 8.5x-14x
EBITDA over the last two years.

The recovery analysis produces a Recovery Rating of 'RR1' for the
secured debt, reflecting strong recovery prospects, and 'RR5' for
the senior unsecured debt, reflecting the lower recovery prospects
of unsecured debt, given its position in the capital structure.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Larger-than-expected FCF deficits combined with reduced access to
capital to fund the company's growth;

- EBITDA leverage exceeding 7.5x on a sustained basis;

- Deterioration in operating profile and market position due to
competitive forces;

- EBITDA interest coverage sustained below 1.5x.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Consistent gains in revenue and EBITDA that provide a clear path
toward positive FCF;

- EBITDA leverage sustained below 5.5x;

- Successful fiber deployment execution, including continued
improvement in consumer fiber customer penetration.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Standalone Uniti had approximately $740 million of liquidity on
June 30, 2025, consisting of unrestricted cash of approximately
$240 million and revolver availability of $500 million. The $500
million revolving facility matures in September 2027. Subsequent to
2Q25 end, Uniti funded a $371 million payment to Windstream
shareholders as part of the merger using cash and revolver
availability.

Standalone Windstream had approximately $491 million of liquidity
on June 30, 2025, consisting of about $163 million in cash and
revolver availability of about $328 million.

The next maturities for Uniti Group Inc are the revolving credit
facilities and 7.5% convertible senior notes due in 2027.

Issuer Profile

Uniti offers bundled broadband and voice services to consumers
primarily in rural areas in 18 states as well as services to
Enterprise customers and Wholesale offerings. On Aug. 1, 2025,
Uniti completed its re-merger with Windstream.

Date of Relevant Committee

24-Aug-2025

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt            Rating           Recovery   
   -----------            ------           --------   
Windstream
Services, LLC

   senior secured      LT BB-  New Rating    RR1


WOLFSPEED INC: Represented by Latham in Financial Restructuring
---------------------------------------------------------------
Wolfspeed, Inc., a global leader in silicon carbide technologies,
has announced the successful completion of its financial
restructuring process and emergence from Chapter 11 protection.
Through the restructuring process, Wolfspeed has reduced its total
debt by approximately 70%, with maturities extended to 2030, and
lowered its annual cash interest expense by roughly 60%. In
addition, the Company believes that it maintains ample liquidity to
continue supplying customers with leading silicon carbide
solutions. With a self-funded business plan supported by free cash
flow generation, Wolfspeed is well positioned to leverage its
vertically-integrated 200mm manufacturing footprint­underpinned by
a secure and scalable U.S.-based supply chain­to drive sustainable
growth.

Latham & Watkins LLP represents Wolfspeed in the process with a
restructuring & special situations team led by New York partners
Ray C. Schrock, Alexander W. Welch, and Keith Simon, with
associates Eric Einhorn, Alexandra Zablocki, Isaac Ashworth, Thomas
Fafara, Rebekah Presley, Ryan Lindsey, Richard Cantoral, Saadia
Naeem, and Sahib Singh. Advice on corporate matters was provided by
Bay Area partners Tad Freese and Richard Kim, with associates
Julian Brody, Raul Gonzalez-Casarrubias, Edwin Gonzalez, Annie Kim,
Chelsi DeTurk, Eduardo Magana, and Keran Huang; on capital markets
matters by New York/Los Angeles partner Greg Rodgers, New York
partner Senet Bischoff, Chicago partner Roderick Branch, and
Chicago counsel Manasi Bhattacharyya, with associates Ryan Gold,
Claire Solimine, Jie Lin Nai, and Helen Zhang; on finance matters
by Bay Area/New York partner Haim Zaltzman, Los Angeles partners
Elizabeth Oh and Kenneth Askin, and New York partner Seniz Yakut,
with associates Axel Magnusson, Andrew Bentz, Alex Grossman, and
William Lane; on tax matters by New York partner Elena Romanova,
Bay Area partners Grace Lee and James Metz and New York counsel
Rifka Singer, with associates Nimra Syed and Jacob Meninga, with
assistance from Jack Santoro; and on CFIUS matters by Washington
D.C. partners Les Carnegie, Patrick English, and Damara Chambers,
Bay Area partner Joshua Holian, and Washington, D.C. counsel
Zachary Eddington, with associates Amulya Vadapalli and Dillon
Curtis.

                       About Wolfspeed Inc.

Wolfspeed, Inc. (NYSE:WOLF) is an innovator of wide bandgap
semiconductors, focused on silicon carbide materials and devices
for power applications. Its product families include silicon
carbide materials and power devices targeted for various
applications such as electric vehicles, fast charging and renewable
energy and storage.

On June 30, 2025, Wolfspeed, Inc. and Wolfspeed Texas, LLC each
filed petitions seeking relief under chapter 11 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 25-90163),
with Judge Christopher M. Lopez presiding. The Debtors sought
Chapter 11 protection after reaching a deal with lenders on a
debt-for-equity plan that would reduce debt by $4.6 billion.

Latham & Watkins LLP and Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP are serving as
legal counsel to Wolfspeed, Perella Weinberg Partners is serving as
financial advisor and FTI Consulting is serving as restructuring
advisor. Epiq is the claims agent.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP is serving as legal
counsel to the senior secured noteholders and Moelis & Company is
serving as the senior secured noteholders' financial advisor.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP is serving as legal counsel to Renesas
Electronics Corporation, PJT Partners is serving as its financial
advisor, and BofA Securities is serving as its structuring
advisor.

Ropes & Gray LLP is serving as legal counsel to the convertible
debtholders and Ducera Partners is serving as financial advisor to
the convertible debtholders.


WORLDWIDE MACHINERY: Seeks Approval of $65MM Ch. 11 Sale of Assets
------------------------------------------------------------------
Vince Sullivan of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that bankrupt
equipment sale and rental company Worldwide Machinery filed a
motion late Friday, September 26, 2025, in Texas court seeking
approval of a $65.6 million sale of its assets pursuant to a
prepetition marketing process.

The Troubled Company Reporter previously reported that Worldwide
Machinery Group, Inc. and its affiliates seek permission from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, to sell substantially
all Assets, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtors' transaction process was independent, comprehensive,
and resulted in several bids. Two such bids were deemed
competitive
by the Restructuring Committee and the CRO:

(a) a bid for a going-concern transaction (Going-Concern
Transaction) under which the Debtors' tangible assets would be
purchased by Macquarie Equipment Capital, Inc. (Macquarie), an
entity unaffiliated with the Debtors, and leased to Diversified
Holding, LLC or its designee (Diversified), an entity controlled
by
the Debtors' majority shareholders, for an aggregate purchase
price
of no less than $65.6 million, comprised of $52.5 million in cash
and the assumption of certain trade and lease liabilities valued
at
approximately $13.1 million; and

(b) a bid to liquidate the Debtors' assets by Hilco Commercial
Industrial and Ritchie Brothers (respectively, "Hilco" and
"Ritchie
Brothers, and such bid, the "Hilco/Ritchie Brothers Bid").

The sale is the result of a lengthy marketing process, executed by
a reputable investment bank and overseen by an independent
restructuring committee of the board, and represents that highest
and best value obtainable for the Debtors assets.

The Debtors hired professionals, appointed a chief restructuring
officer (CRO), and established an independent restructuring
committee of the board to assist with, and oversee, a
restructuring
process.

The Debtors retained Piper Sandler & Company to market the
Debtors'
assets on a going-concern basis.

The Debtors received a significantly lower and uncompetitive
liquidation bid from Nations Capital, LLC, an affiliate of Gordon
Brothers.

In August 2025, the Restructuring Committee determined that the
Going-Concern Transaction was the highest and best bid. This
determination was supported by an analysis prepared by the CRO and
Paladin showing that the Going-Concern Transaction would provide
higher recoveries to the ABL Lenders and the other stakeholders,
including trade creditors and employees, than the Hilco/Ritchie
Brothers Bid (and much higher recoveries than the uncompetitive
Gordon Brothers Bid).

In light of progress achieved, the Debtors sought an additional
extension of their forbearance agreement with the ABL Lenders
through October 5, 2025 to permit the Debtors to finalize the
Going-Concern Transaction and simultaneously pursue other viable
alternatives.

Faced with the choice of capitulating to the ABL Lenders' demands
or running out of cash, the Debtors filed these chapter 11 cases
on
an emergency basis to preserve their ability to operate while
pursuing the Going-Concern Transaction, subject to higher or
better
bids.

Founded in 1949, the Company is a prominent provider of heavy
equipment for the construction and mining industries. With a
robust
fleet of heavy equipment, it offers a diverse range of products,
including earthmoving machinery, material handling equipment, and
attachments, catering to various customer needs.

The lienholders of the Debtor's Property are KeyBank National
Association, the Caspian lenders, and John Deere Financial.

On August 20, 2025, following extensive arms-length negotiations,
the Debtors signed a non-exclusive LOI with Diversified.

The Debtors and the Going-Concern Purchasers have made significant
progress on asset purchase agreements memorializing the terms of
the Going-Concern Transaction contemplated by the Diversified LOI.

The Diversified LOI contemplates the Going-Concern Transaction,
under which the Going-Concern Purchasers will purchase the Assets
for an aggregate purchase price of no less than $65.6 million,
comprised of $52.5 million in cash and the assumption of
liabilities valued at approximately $13.1 million. The
Going-Concern Transaction also provides for the retention of the
majority of the Debtors' employees.

Macquarie, a well-established and reputable financing source that
is part of the Macquarie Group, a large international bank with
nearly one trillion Australian dollars under management, is
funding
the cash component of the purchase price.

Macquarie will directly acquire the Debtors' hard assets, which
will then be leased to Diversified.
Diversified will also acquire the Debtors' working capital and
other assets and assume most of the
Debtors' trade liabilities and certain real property leases.

In addition, Diversified has provided the Debtors with a $100,000
deposit and has removed all financing contingencies from its bid.
The Debtors also understand that Hilco and Ritchie Brothers remain
interested in acquiring the Debtors' assets on a liquidation basis
if the Going-Concern Transaction is not successful.

The Court and other parties in interest will have the opportunity
to evaluate the credibility, willingness, and ability of the
Going-Concern Purchasers or any Alternative Purchaser to perform
under the Assigned Contracts prior to or at the Sale Hearing.

The Debtors' Assets may include unused property, obsolete
materials
and equipment, non-repairable equipment, and other assets with
miscellaneous or no value or may not be sellable at all, which may
not be purchased by the Going-Concern Purchasers or an Alternative
Purchaser in the Sale Transaction. In these and other instances,
it
may be more economically sound for the Debtors to discard or
otherwise dispose of remaining Assets than it would for the
Debtors
to incur the attendant costs relating to selling such assets.


      About Worldwide Machinery Group Inc.

Worldwide Machinery Group Inc. is a construction equipment sales
and rental company. Worldwide Machinery and affiliates sought
relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.
Tex. Case No. 25-90379) on September 11, 2025. In its petition, the
Debtor reports estimated assets and liabilities between $100
million and $500 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Christopher M. Lopez handles the case.

The Debtors are represented by Fan B. He, Esq., Samuel P. Hershey,
Esq., Roberto J. Kampfner, Esq., David Michel Turetsky, Esq.,
Kristin Elyse Schultz, Esq., and Charles R. Koster, Esq. at White
Case LLP.





                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2025.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The single-user TCR subscription rate is $1,400 for six months
or $2,350 for twelve months, delivered via e-mail.  Additional
e-mail subscriptions for members of the same firm for the term
of the initial subscription or balance thereof are $25 each per
half-year or $50 annually.  For subscription information, contact
Peter A. Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***